Home

Vacon NX AC Drives “All in One” Application Manual

1. r q N 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc l 2 Al1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 reference for koo MSR Voltage range 0 10V DC place B I Programmable P2 1 12 ieee ee eee ee 3 Al1 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote Reference J 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 reference for 0 4 20 MA 5 Al2 Current range O 20mA place A Programmable P2 1 11 r 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A i 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls li x a eee 8 DIN Place A Start forward Contact closed start forward i Programmable logic P2 2 1 ie a See 9 DIN2 Place A Start reverse Contact closed start reverse i 24 Ri min 5 kohm eins gt a SO CEE 10 DIN3 External fault input Programmable Contact open no fault Remote Control ground P2 2 2 Contact closed fault r 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V i as 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 1 i 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls S Pa E hee 14 DIN4 Place B Start forward Contact closed start for 3 Programmable logic P2 2 15 ward Pa 15 DIN5 Place B Start reverse E A j i RE Ri min 5 kohm Contact closed start reverse l l a 16 DIN6 Place A B selection Contact open place A is active Io aS a f j 1 f Contact clos
2. 3 4 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 18 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the P2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 Motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P2 1 5 Current limit O1xly 2xlH A lL 107 NX2 230V Nominal voltage of the NX5 CA mator 180 690 V 400V 110 NX6 690V PQA Nominal frequency of 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of the motor the motor 3 The default applies for a 4 P21 8 i e ai t thie 24 20 000 rpm 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter P21 9 Nominal current of the O 1xly 2xly A ly 113 Check the rating plate of motor the motor P2110 Motor coso 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 P21 11 1 0 A reference 0 4 1 117 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 0 Al1 1 Al2 P21 12 1 0 B reference 0 4 0 131 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 0 Al1 P21 13 Keypad control refer 0 3 2 121 1 Al2 ence 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 P21 14 Fieldbus control refer 0 3 3 122 1 Al2 ence 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P21 15 Jogging speedrefer i agg p21 2 He 0 00 124 ence Ph
3. Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 215 Motor Current to FB A 45 u a drive independent given with one deci Table 51 Monitoring values NXP drives Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses See page V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses See page V1 15 Analogue output 1 V mA 26 A01 V1 21 20 Analogue output 2 V1 18 Torque reference 18 V1 19 PT 100 temperature ce 42 Highest temp of used PT100 inputs G1 20 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitoring values V1 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered motor current V1 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered motor torque V1 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage V1 21 4 Status Word 43 See chapter 6 6 1 8 V1 21 5 Encoder 1 Frequency Hz 1124 Input C 1 V1 21 6 Shaft Rounds r 1170 See ID1090 V1 21 7 Shaft Angle Deg 1169 See ID1090 V1 21 8 Measured temperature 1 ce 50 V1 21 9 Measured
4. 5 4 8 PROTECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 7 Table 46 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response 1 Warning P2741 Response to 4mA 0 5 4 700 2 Warning Previous Freq reference fault 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting pga SmAteterence AME aga paaa Aa 0 00 728 frequency Response to external a P2 7 3 ai 0 3 2 WOT oh respons 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 gle ale 0 3 0 PO aE supervision Fault stop by coasting P2775 Response to 0 1 0 727 0 Fault stored in history undervoltage fault 1 Fault not stored P2 7 6 Cee oe 0 3 2 702 supervision 0 No response 1 Warni P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 2 703 ee 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P27 8 Thermal protection of 0 3 2 704 3 Fault stop by coasting the motor P2 7 9 EPC OMET 100 o0 705 temperature factor 100 0 pagio oreooli tator atn g hienas o 706 zero speed Banti VOT g 1 200 min Varies 707 constant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 150 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 1 709 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2x Iy A ly 710 P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 711 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 P2 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 17 Underload protection 0 3 0 713 2 Fault stop acc to
5. P2 2 6 6 EA 0 5 0 1087 scaling from 0 to 1D1288 Scaling of motoring As parameter P2 2 6 1 P2 2 6 7 sini 0 5 0 17 Scaling from 0 to ID1289 Scaling of generator As parameter P2 2 6 1 P2 2 6 8 oer lie 0 5 0 1088 Scaling from 0 to ID1290 6 6 3 7 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See chapter Table 67 Digital input signals G2 2 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2 2 7 1 Start signal 1 0 1 A 1 403 See P2 2 1 1 P2 2 7 2 Start signal 2 0 1 A 2 404 See P2 2 1 1 P2 2 7 3 Run enable 0 1 0 2 407 Motor start enabled cc P2 2 7 4 Reverse 0 1 0 1 aaa Da yas cs Direction reverse cc R2295 Preset speed 1 0 1 0 1 419 See preset speeds in P2 2 7 6 Preset speed 2 0 1 0 1 420 Basic Parameters G2 1 P2 2 7 7 Preset speed 3 0 1 0 1 421 Motor potentiometer refer P2 2 7 8 ence DOWN 0 1 0 1 417 Mot pot reference decreases cc Motor potentiometer refer P2 2 7 9 0 1 0 1 418 Mot pot reference increases cc ence UP P2 2 7 10 Fault rese 0 1 A 3 414 All faults reset cc P2 2 7 11 External fault close 0 1 A 5 405 Ext fault F51 displayed cc P2 2 7 12 External fault open 0 1 0 2 406 Ext fault F51 displayed oc P2 2 7 13 Acc Dec time selection 0 1 Ab Fogo sg ec Acc Dec time 2 cc P2 2 7 14 Acc Dec prohibit 0 1 0 1 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc P2 2 7 1
6. Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 118 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 3 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 3 Table 92 Input signals Analogue input 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note TTF programming P2 2 3 1 Al2 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 2 388 ere Gear G P2 2 3 2 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V P2 2 3 3 Al2 signal range 0 2 1 325 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Customised Al2 custom minimum P2934 160 00 160 00 0 00 326 setting p2 2 3 5 Al custom maximum 160 00 160 00 100 00 327 setting P2 2 3 6 Al2 inversion 0 1 0 328 Oo Not inverted 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 7 5 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Table 93 Input signals Analogue input 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note TTF programming P2 2 4 1 AlS signal selection 0 1 E 10 0 1 141 So Grener eh P2 2 4 2 AI3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 142 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V P2 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 0 2 1 143 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Customised AI3 custom minimum P2 2 4 4 s 160 00 160 00 0 00
7. Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 22 Running auxiliary drives 30 Number of running auxiliary drives V1 23 Special display for actual value 29 See parameters 2 9 29 to 2 9 31 V1 24 PT 100 temperature co 42 Highest temperature of used PT100 inputs G1 25 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitor values 7 5 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 89 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the P2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 Motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 104 P2 1 5 Current limit 0 1xly 2xl4 A l 107 NX2 230V P21 6 a ofthe igo 690 v Nx5 400V 110 NX6 690V Pa Nominal frequency of the 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of the motor motor The default applies for a 4 p218 m cis ofthe 24 20 000 rpm 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Pa Nominal current of the 0 1 xiy 2x lq A F 113 Check the rating plate of the motor motor P2110 onto 0 30 1 00 0 85 129 Check the rating plate of the motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 P21 Pp ea 0 b 4 332 4 PID ref from Keypad g control page P3 4 5 PID ref from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN1 6 Motor potentiometer P2 1 12 PID controller gain 0 0 100
8. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note T limit Ti 0 No P2 3 14 oraque O n k 0 2 0 348 1 Low limit 2 High limit p2 3 15 Torque limit supervision 300 0 300 0 100 0 349 value Reference limit supervision 0 No P2 3 16 aa ER 0 2 0 350 1 Low limit 2 High limit 223 17 Reference limit supervision 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 value P2 3 18 External brake Off delay 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 P2 3 19 External brake On delay 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 F ter tem vee P2 3 20 orators sete oe TAA 0 2 0 354 1 Low limit P P 2 High limit p2 3 21 Frequency converter tem 419 100 c 4o 355 perature limit value P2 3 22 Analogue output 2 signal 0 1 E10 0 1 471 TTF programming method selection used See page 72 P2 3 23 Analogue output 2 function 0 8 4 472 As parameter 2 3 2 P2 3 24 Analogue output 2 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering P2 3 25 Analogue output 2 inversion 0 1 0 gya Oe Notinverted 1 Inverted ae 0 0mA 0V P2 3 26 Analogue output 2 minimum 0 1 0 475 1 4 mA 2 V P2 3 27 Analogue output 2 scaling 10 1000 100 476 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 48 4 4 5 DRIVE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 4 Table 32 Drive control parameters G2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 4 1 R
9. VACON 107 7091 emf Figure 16 pump autochange system principal control diagram DIN4 230 VAC VACON OPT A1 VACON OPT A1 24 VDC DIN2 DIN3 12 ie amet Vala immeal forall aes a A st hp AA AE K1 1 7 K2 1 K2 7 K3 1 7 K3 7 KIC K1 1 7 K2 K210 K3 K31C 7 M1 Vacon M1 mains Macon M2 mains M3 Vacon M3 mains VACON OPT At 7092 emf Figure 17 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr pump autochange system principal control diagram VACON 108 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Jogging speed programmable par 2 2 6 12 Interlock 1 programmable par 2 2 6 18 Interlock 2 programmable par 2 2 6 19 2 2 1 3 Fieldbus Ctrl referenc 2 2 1 2 Keypad Crtl reference Enable PID keypad rer parl 2 2 6 23 Calculation of freq ref and auxiliary drives Autochange 1 RO1 programmable Actual value 1 PID fieldbus ref 2 2 1 9 FBProcessDatalN1 Autochange 2 RO2 programmable eypad ref R3 4 eypad ref 2 R3 5 s FBProcessDatalN3 Keypad ref R3 2 up a otor GOWN otentiometer programmable Internal frequency ref WE OM AO own OuURONM O 1 Fieldbus D Reference from fieldbus Bese Dullon Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from
10. P28 6 Number of tries after 0 3 0 722 overcurrent trip P28 7 Number of tries atter 0 10 0 723 4mA reference trip P28 8 Number of tries anes 0 10 0 726 motor temp fault trip P28 9 Number of tries after X 0 10 0 725 external fault trip P2 8 10 Number of tries after 0 10 0 underload fault trip 738 4 4 10 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Table 37 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 1 1 0 terminal P3 1 Control place 1 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P3 2 Keypad reference P2 1 1 P2 1 2 Hz P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse R34 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled 4 4 11 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 4 4 12 EXPANDER BOARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information s
11. bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 24 3 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF03 3 4 INTRODUCTION Select the Local Remote Control Application in menu M on page 56 2 Utilising the Local Remote Control Application it is possible to have two different control places For each control place the frequency reference can be selected from either the control keypad 1 0 terminal or fieldbus The active control place is selected with the digital input DIN6 e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Local Remote Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 25 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 2 CONTROL I 0 Table 16 Local Remote control application default I O configuration OPTA1 Reference potentiometer
12. Figure 20 Example of 2 pump autochange main diagram PE L1 Pe ie r _ _ hr ton i m lll 2 Ahi e hi at K2 1 K3 1 VACON m 3 A PE PE PE NX12k104 ds4 M1 M2 M2 7096 emf Figure 21 Example of 3 pump autochange main diagram Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 114 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on 131 to 229 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own settings ID D number of the parameter a On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped a Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see Chapter 6 4 7 5 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s user s manual for more information
13. 160 Example Min 40 Max 80 8 16 mA 151 AI3 SIGNAL INVERSION 567 2 2 40 2 2 4 6 0 No inversion 1 Signal inverted 152 AI 4 SIGNAL SELECTION 567 2 2 42 2 2 5 1 See ID141 153 AI 4 FILTER TIME 567 2 2 45 2 2 5 2 See ID142 154 AI 4 SIGNAL RANGE 567 2 2 43 2 2 5 3 See ID143 155 Al 4 CUSTOM SETTING MINIMUM 67 2 2 5 3 2 2 5 4 156 Al 4 CUSTOM SETTING MAXIMUM 67 2 2 5 4 2 2 5 5 See ID s 144 and 145 162 AI 4 SIGNAL INVERSION 567 2 2 44 2 2 5 5 2 2 5 6 See 1D151 164 MOTOR CONTROL MODE 1 26 2 2 7 22 Contact is open oc Motor control mode 1 is selected Contact is closed cc Motor control mode 2 is selected See parameter ID s 600 and 521 Change from open loop to closed loop control modes and vice versa can only be made in stop state 165 Al 1 JOYSTICK OFFSET 6 2 2 2 11 Define the frequency zero point as follows With this parameter on display place the potentiometer at the assumed zero point and press Enter on the keypad NOTE This will not however change the reference scaling Press Reset button to change the parameter value back to 0 00 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 142 166 167 168 169 170 179 300 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Al2 JOYSTICK OFFSET 6 2 2 3 11 See par ID165 PID REFERENCE 1 57 3 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 100 This refer
14. Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 129 Table 106 Pump and fan control parameters Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Interlocks not used 1 Set new interlock last update order after value of P2 9 23 Interlock selection 0 2 1 1032 P2 9 26 or Stop state 2 Stop and update order immediately 0 Not used P2 9 24 Autochange 0 1 1 1027 1 Autochange used P2 9 25 Autoch and interl 0 1 1 1028 0 Auxiliary drives only automatics selection 1 All drives P2 9 26 Autochange interval 0 0 3000 0 h 48 0 1029 0 0 TEST 40 s Autochange Maximum P2 9 27 number of auxiliary 0 4 1 1030 drives Autochange frequency 3 P2 9 28 limit 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 25 00 031 pagay A tual vaus special 0 30000 0 1033 display minimum pagai A Matve cpecial 0 30000 100 1034 display maximum P2 9 31 Actual value special 0 4 1 1035 display decimals p2 9 32 Actual value special 0 28 4 1036 See page 220 display unit 7 5 11 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Table 107 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 1 I O terminal P3 1
15. NXP drives only 0 CL speed control 1 Pos neg freq limits 2 RampOut 3 NegFreqLimit RampOut put limit Ree CL 0 4 a 1218 hp RampOut PosFreqLimit 5 RampOut Window 6 0 RampOut 7 RampOut Window On Off p2 10 12 Torque reference 0 32000 ms 0 1244 filtering time P2 10 13 Window negative 0 00 50 00 Hz 2 00 1305 P2 10 14 Window positive 0 00 50 00 Hz 2 00 1304 P2 10 15 Window negative off 0 00 P2 10 13 Hz 0 00 1307 P2 10 16 Window positive off 0 00 P2 10 14 Hz 0 00 1306 p2 10 17 SPeed control out oo 3000 300 0 1382 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 104 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 12 NXP DRIVES MASTER FOLLOWER PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 11 Table 86 Master Follower parameters G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Single drive P2 11 1 Master Follower mode 0 2 0 1324 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive 0 Coasting P2 11 2 Follower stop function 0 2 2 1089 1 Ramping 2 As Master 1xAl2 1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 0 18 18 1081 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 Al1 Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 Al1 Al2 selection 15 Encoder 1 C 1 16 Encoder 2 C 3 17 Master Reference 18 Master Ramp Out 0 Not u
16. No filtering ter time P2344 Analogue output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 0 0mA 0 V ieee minimum l Y 3 1 4 mA 2V p2 3 4 6 Analogue output 2 10 1000 100 476 scale P2 3 4 7 ERE 2 off 100 00 100 00 0 00 477 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 123 7 5 4 5 Analogue output 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 Table 100 Output signals Analogue output 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Analogue output 3 sig TTF programming Reso nal selection i I i ne See Chapter 6 4 p2 3 5 2 Analogue output 3 0 14 0 479 See P2 3 3 2 function p2 3 5 3 Analogue output 3 fil doo 1000 s 1 00 480 0 No filtering ter time P2 3 5 4 Analogue output 3 0 1 0 481 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 3 0 0mA 0 V P2 3 5 5 vs ati 0 1 0 482 1 4mA 2V p35 Analogue outputs 10 1000 100 483 scale p2 3 5 7 Analogue output 3 off 100 00 100 00 0 00 484 set Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 124 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 5 DRIVE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 4 Table 101 Drive control parameters G2 4 Code Paramet
17. VACON NX AC DRIVES ALL IN ONE APPLICATION MANUAL VAGON DRIVEN BY DRIVES Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com VACON 1 INDEX Document ID DPD00903A Revision release date 30 3 2012 1 Basic Appi cat ON araara a taraa aama aaa a an aa aaa aa Laa sedcadastactsincteandeavadbecaddvewcaesd 5 1 1 ghee Orcs Wien EEEN E NEE E T E EE E E E SEAT 5 1 1 1 Motor protection functions in the Basic Application sssssrsssssesrrnseeserrrnesrerrrrnrererreneene 5 T2 n CoNrok O rea e a a a a a e r ere ee 6 1 3 Control signal logic in Basic Application ececcecceceececeeeceeeesecneeeeceeceeneceeeeecesneaeeeeeeseaes 7 1 4 Basic Application Parameter lists c ccccccceesececceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseceeaeeeeesseeeaeeeeeeeeaas 8 1 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad MENU M1 ccccccsccesccsecssessecsecssesseseeseesecsseeseeseeees 8 1 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 ccccecccccceccesccscessessecseessetseteeeens 9 1 4 3 Keypad control Control keypad Menu MQ cccccccccesccseccsecsecseessecasessessesseeseeseeees 10 1 4 4 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 c ccccccccsccssccsecseescesecsecssesseeseesscesesteseenes 10 1 4 5 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 ccccccccccsccsscssessscecesceeceseeeeceecseessessenes 10 2 Standard Application aa sccessh ete ceces aaa ar aaa aaa de aaa aeaa aaraa pa
18. 1 Al1 2 Al2 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit P2 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current Free analogue input P2 4 8 function 0 4 0 362 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit P2 3 15 Free analogue input P2 2 17 j i signal selection P2 2 18 CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 46 4 4 4 OUTPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 3 Table 31 Output signals G2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 3 1 AO1 signal selection 0 1 E10 A fore RG pool enamine ie tod used See page 72 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed P2 3 2 Analogue output function 0 8 1 307 4 Motor current 0 lnMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V P2 3 3 Analogue output filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering P2 3 4 Analogue output inversion 9 1 0 309 O Notinverted 1 Inverted TE 0 0 0 mA 0 V P
19. 16000 100 0 337 100 No maximum scaling mum scale 1600 0 Actual value 2 mini a 7 P2 2 1 13 1600 0 0 0 338 0 No minimum scaling mum scale 1600 0 p2 2 1 14 AStual value 2 maxi 146000 100 0 339 100 No maximum scaling mum scale 1600 0 p2 2 1 15 Motor potentiometer oa 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 ramp time Motor potentiometer i Sac e ed or powered P2 2 1 16 frequency reference 0 2 1 367 down PP P miemeny Feats 2 Reset if powered down Motor potentiometer P a be t d d P2 2 1 17 PID reference mem 0 2 0 370 7 e SPESE OT ROWERE any reset 2 Reset if powered down p2 2 1 18 Breference scale 99 39000 Hz 0 00 agg 0 Scaling of minimum gt 0 Scaled min value p2 2 1 19 Breferencescale 99 39000 Hz 0 00 agg 0 Scaling alt maximum gt 0 Scaled max value 7 5 3 2 Analogue input 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 2 Table 91 Input signals Analogue input 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note TTF programming P2 2 2 1 Al1 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 1 377 Soe Cener Gf P2 2 2 2 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA P2 2 2 3 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA 2 Customised P2 2 2 4 AlI custom minimum 160 00 160 00 0 00 321 setting p2 2 2 5 A 1 custom maximum 160 00 160 00 100 00 322 setting P2 2 2 6 Al1 signal inversion 0 1 0 323 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted
20. 2 Customised Customised 10 10V Customised 3 Customised 326 ANALOGUE INPUT Al 2 CUSTOM SETTING MIN 34567 2 2 11 2 2 23 2 2 3 4 327 ANALOGUE INPUT Al 2 CUSTOM SETTING MAX 34567 2 2 12 2 2 24 2 2 3 5 These parameters set Al2 for any input signal span within 160 160 See 1D321 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 158 328 329 330 331 332 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 4 Output frequency ID304 aei eee eee ID325 Custom ID325 0 Al2 0 100 20 mA anes ID325 1 1 i te Al2 20 100 Al2 i term 3 4 l gt 4mA ID326 ID327 7117 emf Figure 42 Analogue input Al2 scaling ANALOGUE INPUT 2 INVERSION 3457 2 2 13 2 2 25 2 2 3 6 See 1D323 NOTE In application 3 Al2 is the place A frequency reference if parameter ID117 1 default ANALOGUE INPUT 2 FILTER TIME 34567 2 2 14 2 2 26 2 2 3 2 See ID324 DI N5 FUNCTION 5 2 2 3 The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions If it need not be used set the value of this parameter to 0 The selections are the same as in parameter ID319 except 13 Enable PID reference 2 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with parameter R3 5 MOTOR POTENTIOMETER RAMP TI ME 3567 2 2 22 2
21. 4 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 sessen 49 4 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 G2 6 cccccccsccscceseesecseeneeees 49 4 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 cceccccccscescssesscsecseeeeeeceecsscatceeeseeeseeaes 51 4 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 cceecesecseeeceeeseeseeseeteeees 52 4 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 ccccccscsscescsscceccsecsessecsecsecsecssecseeseesees 52 4 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 cccccccsccsscsssssscsscseceeeecceecseessecaecseessesseeseeseeees 52 4 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 cccccccccccccsccsscssecsecsecsseseesecsecceeeseesees 52 5 PID Control Application sssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn 53 5 1 Introduction anet aeea ae e a e ald Anat ened es bd eE i Aas E ish 53 a 0270 A VEEE T ne tree A E A E O 54 5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application 0 cccccccccecesceceeeeeeneceeeeeeseneeeeeeesseeeees 55 5 4 PID Application Parameter lSts ccccceccccceccecesneceeceeceaeceeeeeceeneaeeeeessesneeeeeeeeeseteeees 56 5 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 ccccccccseesecseceecsseeecesccsccseeceecseeseeesees 56 5 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 o ccccccccccsecsccseceeceseeseeeecesteseenaes 57 5 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G
22. 4 SBLasiID 4 SBLastID Figure 14 System bus physical connections with the OPTD2 board For information on the OPTD2 expander board parameters see Vacon Option Board User s Manual document code ud00741 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 75 6 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 131 to 230 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter On param code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 Monitoring values controllable from fieldbus using the ID number IF 6 6 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values on shadowed background can be controlled from the fieldbus See the product s user s manual for more information
23. 50Hz From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA Min freq ID101 0 10V 20mA Ref scaling min 1D303 OHz 1D321 1 h 10322 ZEN Joystick hysteresis Te ID384 20 7132 emf Figure 57 Joystick hysteresis with minimum frequency at 35Hz Al 1 SLEEP DELAY 6 2 2 2 10 This parameter defines the time the analogue input signal has to stay under the sleep limit determined with parameter ID385 in order to stop the frequency con verter Al 2 SIGNAL SELECTION 234567 2 2 9 2 2 21 2 2 3 1 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 173 393 394 395 396 397 399 400 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr Connect the Al2 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Chapter 6 4 AI 2 REFERENCE SCALING MINIMUM VALUE 6 2 2 3 6 AI 2 REFERENCE SCALING MAXIMUM VALUE 6 2 2 3 7 Additional reference scaling If the values of both ID393 and ID394 are zero scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling See par ID s 303 and 304 Al 2 JOYSTICK HYSTERESIS 6 2 2 3 8 This parameter defines the joystick dead zone between 0 and 20 See 1D384 Al 2 SLEEP LIMIT 6 2 2 3 9 The frequency converter is stopped if the Al signal level falls below the S eep limit
24. OVtput frequency limit 1 0 2 0 315 1 Low limit supervision supervision pone h 2 High limit supervision poi oul bub irequency umite i cdo 320 00 He 0 00 316 Supervision value na 0 No limit page OVtput frequency limit 2 0 2 0 346 4 Low limit supervision supervision al ee 2 High limit supervision p 313 OUtput frequency limit 27 a yg 320 00 Hz 0 00 347 Supervision value bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 20 Output signals G2 3 VACON 32 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note T limit bed 0 No p2 3 14 Orde PR eo 0 2 0 348 1 Low limit 2 High limit p2 3 15 Torque limit supervision 3000 3000 o0 349 value Reference limit supervision 0 No P2 3 16 PA ee 0 2 0 350 1 Low limit 2 High limit 223 17 Reference limit supervision 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 value P2 3 18 External brake Off delay 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 P2 3 19 External brake On delay 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 F ter tem oe ne ee ol 2 o asa i Low im P p 2 High limit P2 3 21 Frequency converter 10 100 c 40 355 temperature limit value P2 3 22 Analogue output 2 scaling 0 1 E 10 0 1 ot UE programmingmethodused See page 72 P2 3 23 Analogue output 2 function 0 8 4 472 As parameter 2 3 2 P2 3 24 Analogue output 2 fi
25. See fieldbus manual Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID350 and 1D351 17 External brake control Appl 3456 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay par ID352 and ID353 18 Control from I O terminals Appl 3456 External control mode Menu M3 ID125 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Appl 3456 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits par D354 and 1ID355 20 Unrequested rotation direction Appl 345 20 Reference inverted Appl 6 Rotation direction is different from the requested one 21 External brake control inverted External brake ON OFF control par ID352 and 1D353 Appl 3456 Output active when brake control is OFF 22 Thermistor fault or warning The thermistor input of option board indicates motor Appl 3456 overtemperature Fault or warning depending on parameter ID732 23 Fieldbus DIN1 Application 5 23 Analogue input supervision Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 1 See fieldbus manual Selects the analogue input to be monitored See par ID356 1ID357 ID358 and ID463 24 Fieldbus DIN1 Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 1 See fieldbus manual 25 Fieldbus DIN2 Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 2 See fieldbus manual 26 Fieldbus DIN3 Application 6 Fieldbus digital input 3 See fieldbus
26. UF programming nmeiinoe used See page 72 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA P2 2 16 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA 2 Custom range P2 2 17 Al1 custom minimum 160 00 160 00 0 00 321 setting pazia A custom maximum aagi ioy 100 0 322 setting P2 2 19 All inversion 0 1 0 e Aea Nobis 1 Inverted P2 2 20 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V P2 2 21 Al2 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 2 388 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Custom range 0 0 20 mA P2 2 22 Al2 signal range 0 2 1 325 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised P2 2 23 Al2 custom minimum 160 00 160 00 0 00 326 setting P2294 Al2 custom maximum 160 00 160 00 0 00 327 setting P2 2 25 Al2 inversion 0 0 0 eo 1 Inverted P2 2 26 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION Table 41 Input signals G2 2 VACON 60 display unit Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note paagi Mole potentiometer gr 20000 ae ge 331 ramp time Motor potentiometer re n EE P2 2 28 frequency reference 0 2 1 367 7 PP P memory reset ered down y 2 Reset if powered down Motor potentiometer i Dl A ree P2 2 29 PID reference memory 0 2 0 370 7 USP RCE ne en reseh ered d
27. Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 42 4 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 131 to 229 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting pa D number of the parameter n parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters em On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 4 4 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Table 28 Monitoring values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated sh
28. amp ia Se ec 3 ROT Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 o FAULT 76 ROZ Programmable P2 3 9 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding User s Manual CMB connected to GND eo CMA connected to GND oe CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND sis CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7080 emf Figure 7 VACON 41 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 3 2 Keypad reference 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 15 Preset Speed 1 2 1 29 Preset Speed 15 Preset Speed 1 Preset Speed 2 Preset Speed 3 3 1 Control place Internal frequency reference Reset button I Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward Programmable programmable Start Stop and reverse logic Start Stop Internal Start Stop Start reverse programmable Reverse 3 3 Keypad direction Internal reverse f Internal fault reset DINS Fault reset input gt 1 programmable 7081 emf Figure 8 Control signal logic of the Multi step Speed Application bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773
29. b Motor voltage 27 JAIS 7 DC link voltage 28 JAl4 g Unit temperature 31 A01 expander board 9 Motor temperature 32 A0O2 expander board 13 All 37 Active fault 1 14 Al2 Motor current drive independent 45 given with one decimal point See also Chapter 6 6 1 for more monitoring values 876 TO 833 FIELDBUS DATA IN SELECTIONS 1 TO 8 Using these parameters you can control any parameter or some monitoring val ues from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to control for the value of these parameters See Table 51 1001 NUMBER OF AUXILIARY DRIVES 7 2 9 1 With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined The func tions controlling the auxiliary drives parameters ID458 to ID462 can be pro grammed to relay outputs or digital output By default one auxiliary drive Is in use and it is programmed to relay output RO1 at B 1 1002 START FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 17 2 9 2 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started The 1 Hz overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops See Figure 76 1D101 and ID102 Page 131 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 210 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS STOP FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 17 2 9 3 The frequ
30. etc max 0 1A 7 GND J 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls Lac Pa PEENE 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward p Programmable logic P2 2 1 Pee eee 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse i Ri min 5 kohm I Pa 10 DIN3 External fault input Programmable Contact open no fault Tee P2 2 2 Contact closed fault I 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V i 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 Pa kaana 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls i 14 DIN4 Preset speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref Pa DIN5 Preset speed select 2 Open Open 1 0 Reference pce gt i iy 15 Closed Open Preset Speed 1 l Open Closed Preset Speed 2 Closed Closed Analogue input 2 a Pa _ if ___ 16 DIN Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset i 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 i _ 19 A01 Output frequency L I L I I i OPTAZ I I 21 RO1 Relay output 1 PUN Loo 4 22 RO1 RUN Bee Q PEETS 273 ROI Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 J FAULT 26 RO2 Programmable P2 3 9 Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 More information in the product s CMA and CMB grounding User s Manual CMB connected to GND
31. i I i i I i i i i i 1 frequency ref ERRESA 7 Reset button tart Stop buttons I i Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus i Direction from fieldbus Start forward rogrammable Programmable pie Start Stop and Start Stop Start reverse reverse logic A programmable Start forward ogrammable Programmable R Start Stop and ever Start reverse reverse logic B programmable B Internal Start Stop s kd s I aI Internal reverse r 1 1 I 1 l 1 I l i I 3 3 Keypad direction Fault reset input programmable Ey Internal fault reset gt 1 7079 emf Figure 6 Control signal logic of the Local Remote Control Application Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 27 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 131 to 229 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own set
32. rameter ID1025 In the same way if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay be tween the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the variable speed drive can be programmed with parameter ID1026 See Figure 83 If either of the values of parameters 1D1025 and ID1026 is set to maximum 300 0 s no frequency drop nor increase takes place VACON 216 1027 1028 Aux drive control Aux drive speed DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Output frequency A Start freq of aux drive 1 Hz i Stop freq of aux drive 1 Hz Time Frequency increase i i i 1 l F drop delay Start delay of i Be a oe ao ay 1 1 1 I aux drive par ID1010 guetta PINES delay par ID1026 ae cci oder eee f Stop delay of 3 1 Li y ss 1 aux drive par I 1D1011 ie 7158 emf Figure 83 Frequency drop and increase delays AUTOCHANGE 7 2 9 24 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used AUTOCHANGE INTERLOCKS AUTOMATICS SELECTION 7 2 9 25 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 217 The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Only the mains contactor is needed for each drive See Figure 84 T Motor aux 1 Motor aux 2 Figure 84
33. torque 1xThMotor Motor nom power 1xPhMotor 100 x U 1000 V 100 x ref value max nmotor 100 x actual value max 100 x actual value max 100 x error value max 100 x output max bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 151 12 mA 10 mA ID310 1 Z 4 mA i Max value of signal selected by ID307 1 0 ID310 0 0 mA 7111 emf Figure 36 Analogue output scaling Signal Ana log OutputScale OutputSignal oe 100 312 DIGITAL OUTPUT FUNCTION 23456 2 3 7 2 3 1 2 313 RELAY OUTPUT 1 FUNCTION 2345 2 3 8 2 3 1 3 314 RELAY OUTPUT 2 FUNCTION 2345 2 3 9 Table 116 Output signals via DO1 and output relays RO1 and RO2 0 Not used Out of operation Digital output DO1 sinks the current and program mable relay RO1 RO2 is activated when 1 Ready The frequency converter is ready to operate 2 Run The frequency converter operates motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip not occurred 5 Frequency converter overheat The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C warning 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on par ID701 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on par ID700 if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reverse
34. 1 1 P2 1 2 Hz P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 J23 0 Forward 1 Reverse R34 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 38 3 4 11 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 3 4 12 EXPANDER BOARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information see the product s User s Manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 39 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF04 4 1 INTRODUCTION Select the Multi step Speed Control Application in menu M6 on page 6 2 The Multi step Speed Control Application can be used in applications where fixed speeds are need ed Totally 15 2 different speeds can be programmed one basic speed 15 multi step speeds and one jogging speed The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING6 If jogging speed is used
35. 1 from keypad 5 Fieldbus reference FBProcessDatalN3 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad N ol P2215 PID error value inver 0 1 0 340 0 No inversion sion 1 Inversion PID reference Time for reference value to F2 2N rising time 0 0 100 0 ad 38 change from 0 to 100 PID reference Time for reference value to P2 2 1 7 falling time 0 0 100 9 s ad one change from 100 to 0 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 PID actual value 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 P2218 pares 0 7 0 333 4 MaxlActual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Sqrt Act1 Sqrt Act2 See P2 2 1 9 and P2 2 1 10 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Table 90 Input signals Basic settings VACON 117 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board Actual value 1 selec 2 Al2 control board 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board P221 10 Actual value 2 input 0 5 0 gap 27 12 control baard 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 p2 2 1 11 Actual value 1 mini 16000 0 0 336 0 No minimum scaling mum scale 1600 0 p2 2 1 12 Actual value 1 maxi
36. 144 setting p2 2 4 5 A13 custom maximum 16000 160 00 100 00 145 setting P2 2 4 6 AI3 inversion 0 1 0 fate 0E Notinverted 1 Inverted 7 5 3 5 Analogue input 4 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 5 Table 94 Input signals Analogue input 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note i TTF programming P2 2 5 1 Al4 signal selection 0 1 E 10 0 1 152 See Garol P2 2 5 2 Al4 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 153 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V P2 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 0 2 1 154 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Customised Al4 custom minimum P2 2 5 4 160 00 160 00 0 00 155 setting p2 2 5 5 A 4 custom minimum 160 00 160 00 100 00 156 setting P2 2 5 6 Al4 custom minimum 0 1 0 162 0 Not inverted setting 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 119 7 5 3 6 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See Chapter 6 4 Table 95 Input signals Digital inputs Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2 2 6 1 Start A signal 0 1 A 1 423 P2 2 6 2 Start B signal 0 1 A 4 424 P2 2 6 3 Control place A B selection 0 1 Ab fog Soe ace Con
37. 15 Encoder 1 Al input C 1 b Al1 joystick 16 Encoder 2 With OPTA7 Speed Syn chronization NXP only Al input C 3 7 Al2 joystick 17 Master Reference 8 Keypad reference R3 2 18 Master Ramp Out default 9 Fieldbus reference 1082 SYSTEMBUS COMMUNICATION FAULT RESPONSE 6 2 7 30 Defines the action when SystemBus heartbeat is missing 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting 1083 FOLLOWER TORQUE REFERENCE SELECTION 6 2 11 4 Select the torque reference for the follower drive 1084 CONTROL OPTIONS 6 2 4 19 The parameter is available for NXP drives only b0 Disables encoder fault b1 Update Ramp Generator when MotorControlMode changes from TC 4 to SC 3 b2 RampUp use acceleration ramp for Closed Loop torque control b3 RampDown use deceleration ramp for Closed Loop torque control b4 FollowActual follow actual speed value within WindowPos NegWidth for closed loop torque control b5 TC ForceRampStop Under stop request the speed limit forces the motor to stop b6 Reserved b7 Disables switching frequency decrease Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 222 1085 1087 1088 1089 1090 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS b8 Disable parameter Run state parameter lock b9 Reserved b10 Invert delayed digital output 1 b11 Invert delayed digi
38. 2 27 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 15 Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer reference value Hz s Motor control ramp times are still active PI D CONTROLLER REFERENCE SIGNAL PLACE A 57 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 159 Table 119 Selections for parameter D332 BE Sel 0 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 1 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 2 PID ref from menu M3 par P3 4 Al3 3 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalN 1 Al4 See chapter 9 6 4 Motor potentiometer reference PID ref from menu M3 par P3 4 5 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalIN1 See chapter 9 6 6 Motor potentiometer reference 333 PID CONTROLLER ACTUAL VALUE SELECTION 57 2 2 8 2 2 1 8 This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 3 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 4 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 5 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 7 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 334 ACTUAL VALUE 1 SELECTION 57 2 2 9 2 2 1 9 335 ACTUAL VALUE 2 SELECTION 57 2 2 10 2 2 1 10 0 Not used 1 Alt 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus Actualvalue 7 FBProcessDatalN2 Actual
39. 2 WARNING LIMIT 6 2 7 38 Set here the limit at which the second PT100 warning will be activated PT100 2 FAULT LIMIT 6 2 7 39 Set here the limit at which the second PT100 fault F65 will be activated COOLING MONITOR 6 2 2 7 23 When using a liquid cooled drive connect this input to the Cooling OK signal from the heat exchange unit or any input that shows the state of the used cooling unit A fault is generated if the input is low when the drive is in RUN state If the drive is in STOP state only warning is generated See the user s manual for Vacon liquid cooled drives COOLING FAULT DELAY 6 2 7 32 This parameter defines the delay after which the drive goes to FAULT state when the Cooling OK signal is missing SPEED ERROR FAULT FUNCTION 6 2 7 33 Defines the fault response when the speed reference and the encoder speed ex ceed set limits 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting SPEED ERROR MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE 6 2 7 34 The speed error refers to the difference between the speed reference and the en coder speed This parameter defines the limit when a fault is generated SPEED ERROR DELAY 6 2 7 35 Defines time before the speed error is considered as fault SAFE DISABLE MODE 6 2 7 36 IMPORTANT See Vacon manual ud01066 for detailed information on the Safe Dis able function This function is available only if the drive is equipped with Vacon op tion board OPT
40. 434 Drive in fault state P2 3 3 4 Inverted fault 0 1 0 1 435 Drive not in fault state P2 3 3 5 Warning 0 1 0 1 436 Warning active P2 3 3 6 External fault 0 1 0 1 437 External fault active P2 3 3 7 Reference fault warning 0 1 0 1 438 4 mA fault or warning active P2 3 3 8 Overtemperature warning 0 1 0 1 439 Drive overtemperature active P2 3 3 9 Reverse 0 1 0 1 440 Output frequency lt 0 Hz P2 3 3 10 Unrequested direction 0 1 0 1 441 Actual direction lt gt requested direction P2 3 3 11 At speed 0 1 0 1 442 Reference Output frequency P2 3 3 12 Jogging speed 0 1 0 1 443 Jogging or preset speed command active P2 3 3 13 1 0 control place 0 1 0 1 444 10 control active P2 3 3 14 External brake control 0 1 0 1 445 i enal SRE coniro See explanations on page 179 P2 3 3 15 verted i 0 1 0 1 446 pagai uputi quency Umit 01 01 447 See ID315 supervision Body SUSE moquent umsit sgo 04 448 See ID346 supervision P2 3 3 18 Reference limit supervision 0 1 0 1 449 See ID350 P2 3 3 19 Temperature limit supervision 0 1 0 1 450 Drive temperature supervision See ID354 P2 3 3 20 Torque limit supervision 0 1 0 1 451 See ID348 P2 3 3 21 Themistor fault or warning 0 1 0 1 452 P2 3 3 22 Analogue input supervision 0 1 0 1 463 See 1D356 limit P2 3 3 23 Motor regulator activation 0 1 0 1 454 P2 3 3 24 Fieldbus DIN 1 0 1 0 1 455 See fieldbus manual P2 3 3 25 Fieldbus DIN 2 0 1 0 1 456 See fieldbus manual P2 3 3 26 Fieldb
41. 6 and parameter group G29 Adjust t Hz maximum Adjusted ID495 10 44Hz Adjust 0 40Hz 36Hz SS adjust minimum ID494 10 gt Analogue input 7138 emf Figure 63 An example of adjust input ADJUST MINIMUM 6 2 2 1 5 ADJ UST MAXIMUM 6 2 2 1 6 These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals See Figure 63 NOTE The adjustment is made to the basic reference signal VACON 184 496 498 500 501 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS PARAMETER SET 1 SET 2 SELECTION 6 2 2 7 21 With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2 The input for this function can be selected from any slot The procedure of selecting between the sets is explained in the product s user s manual Digital input FALSE Set 1 is loaded as the active set Digital input TRUE Set 2 is loaded as the active set NOTE The parameter values are stored only when selecting P6 3 7 Parameter sets Store Set 1 or Store Set 2in System menu or from NCDrive Drive gt Parameter Sets START PULSE MEMORY 3 2 2 24 Giving a value for this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa 0 The RUN status is not copied 1 The RUN status is copied In order for this parameter to have effect parameters ID300 and ID363 must have been set the value 3 ACCELERATION DECELERATION RAMP 1 SHAPE 234567 2 4
42. 676 1 B Application Status Word sce a cs oir dacs ceded a a odcds e e a re ae e eTA ERS 80 6 6 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 c eceecceccsecseceeseseeseeseseseeneeeeees 82 626 3 AMPUUSIG MAlS E AEE AEE E E ET 83 6 6 3 1 Basic Settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 1 o ccceccccccesccsccsscestceeeestesteeecssessesaes 83 6 6 3 2 Analogue input 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 2 cccccccccesccsccseceecesteseenesesteseesaes 84 6 6 3 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 3 cccccccccsecsccecceecesteseessccateseesaes 84 6 6 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 ccccccccccsscsccseceecesteseessteseessesaes 85 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 3 6 6 3 5 Analogue input 4 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 5 cccccccccsccsccseceecesceeenseesteseesaes 85 6 6 3 6 Free analogue input signal selection Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 6 oases 86 6 6 3 7 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 cccccccccccesceseceeceeceseeseeesteseeeseesees 86 6 64 i OULDUT SIGNALS iert ane edia a E E Pade a a eed Tage et 88 6 6 4 1 Delayed digital output 1 Keypad Menu M2 gt 62 3 1 occccccccccccsecescesecsecnecesteteeseeesees 88 6 6 4 2 Delayed digital output 2 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 oncccccccccccsccescesecsecesceeteseeeseesees 88 6 6 4 3 Digital output signals Control keypad Me
43. 7 Fault or warning depending on parameter ID700 DRIVE OVERTEMPERATURE WARNING 67 2 3 3 8 2 3 1 8 The heatsink temperature exceeds the warning limit REVERSE 67 2 3 3 9 2 3 1 9 The Reverse command has been selected UNREQUESTED DIRECTION 67 2 3 3 10 2 3 1 10 Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one AT SPEED 67 2 3 3 11 2 3 1 11 The output frequency has reached the set reference Hysteresis is equal to motor nominal slip with induction motors and to 1 00 Hz with PMS motors J OGGI NG SPEED 67 2 3 3 12 2 3 1 12 Jogging speed selected bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 179 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr I O CONTROL PLACE ACTIVE 67 2 3 3 13 2 3 1 13 I O terminal is the active contol place EXTERNAL BRAKE CONTROL 67 2 3 3 14 2 3 1 14 External brake ON OFF control See Chapter 9 1 for details Example RO1 on OPTA2 board Brake function ON Terminals 22 23 are closed relay is energized Brake function OFF Terminals 22 23 are open relay not energized NOTE When power from control board is removed terminals 22 23 open When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake ope
44. 733 See P2 7 21 P2 7 23 Response to slot fault 0 734 See P2 7 21 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 37 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 9 AUTORESTART PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 8 Table 25 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P2 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 S 30 00 718 0 Ramp P2 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 P28 4 Number of tries atter 0 10 0 720 undervoltage trip P28 5 Number of tries aa 0 10 0 721 overvoltage trip P28 6 Number of tries arter 0 3 0 722 overcurrent trip P28 7 Number of tries atter 0 10 0 723 4mA reference trip P28 8 Number of tries ater 0 10 0 726 motor temp fault trip P28 9 Number of tries aN 0 10 0 725 external fault trip P2 8 10 Number of tries after 0 10 0 738 underload fault trip 3 4 10 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Table 26 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 1 I O terminal P3 1 Control place 1 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P3 2 Keypad reference P2
45. 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 FAULT z4 ROZ Programmable P2 3 9 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr More information in the product s user s manual Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND ee CMA connected to GND ee CMB isolated from GND ee CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA k internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7082 emf Figure 9 VACON 55 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN PID CONTROL APPLICATION External fault programmable DINS _Jogging speed programmable Enable PID keypad ref 2 DIN5 13 DING Place A B selection All Al2 2 3 4 Q 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 3 4 5 Ee 11 1 Internal 2 frequency ref i i 7 F Fieldbus Lf 5 Reference from fieldbus i f Reset button i i i Direction from fieldbus f Star Stop buttons beanies tae eos aa eda at nak ae eee i Start Place A igre DIN1 Internal Start Stop DINA Start Place B DIN2 l DINS p ttMMmsMsMsMsMsM 2 e internal reverse DIN5 3 3 Keypad direction 7 Internal fault reset DIN3 Fault reset input programmable Figure 10 Control signal logic of the PID Control Application 7083 emf bo
46. Autochange applied to auxiliary drives only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and two contactors are needed for each drive to connect it to the mains or the frequency converter See Figure 85 Vacon auxiliary auxiliary connection connection JI Feo Drive 1 Drive 2 7160 emf Figure 85 Autochange with all drives Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 218 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1029 AUTOCHANGE INTERVAL 7 2 9 26 After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters ID1031 Autochange frequency limit and ID1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of ID1031 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place See Figure 86 1030 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF AUXILIARY DRIVES 7 2 9 27 1031 AUTOCHANGE FREQUENCY LIMIT 7 2 9 28 These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so tha
47. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 14 oe refe npo p212 Hz 5 00 124 See ID413 P2 1 15 Preset speed 1 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 10 00 105 Multi step speed 1 P2 1 16 Preset speed 2 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 15 00 106 Multi step speed 2 P2 1 17 Preset speed 3 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 20 00 126 Multi step speed 3 P2 1 18 Preset speed 4 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 25 00 127 Multi step speed 4 P2 1 19 Preset speed 5 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 30 00 128 Multi step speed 5 P2 1 20 Preset speed 6 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 40 00 129 Multi step speed 6 P2 1 21 Preset speed 7 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 50 00 130 Multi step speed 7 6 6 3 INPUT SIGNALS 6 6 3 1 Basic Settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 1 Table 61 Input signals basic settings G2 2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Start signal 1 Start signal 2 Default Default DIN1 DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop logic 0 7 0 300 1 Start Stop Reverse selection 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start Mot pot UP 5 Start fwd Start rvs 6 Start Stop Reverse 7 Start Stop Run enable P2 2 1 2 Motor potentiometer 04 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 ramp time Motor potentiometer i i e ed or powered P2213 frequency reference 0 2 1 367 doe PP P miernoty reser 2 Reset if powered down 0 Not used 1 Al1 es 2 Al2 P2214 Adjust input 0 5 0 493 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus see group G2 9 P2 2 1 5 Adjust minimum 0 0 100 0 0 0 494 P2 2 1 6 A
48. DIN3 can be programmed from fault reset to jogging speed select The basic speed reference can be either voltage or current signal via analogue input terminals 2 3 or 4 5 The other one of the analogue inputs can be programmed for other purposes e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Multi Step Speed Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this man ual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 40 CONTROL I 0 Table 27 Multi step speed control application default I O configuration 4 2 Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ Terminal Description OPTA1 eso XO pae 1 10V o Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc i ae 2 Al1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference l Voltage range 0 10V DC a e a 3 Al1 1 0 Ground Grou
49. Figure 23 606 OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT ZERO FREQUENCY 234567 2 6 8 This parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the U f curve The default val ue varies according to unit size NOTE If the value of parameter ID108 is changed this parameter is set to zero See Figure 23 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 192 607 608 609 610 611 612 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS OVERVOLTAGE CONTROLLER 234567 2 6 10 These parameters allow the under overvoltage controllers to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the mains supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate this over undervoltage In this case the regulator controls the output frequency taking the supply fluctua tions into account 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq When a value other than 0 is selected also the Closed Loop overvoltage controller becomes active in Multi Purpose Control application UNDERVOLTAGE CONTROLLER 234567 2 6 11 See par ID607 Note Over undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of op eration 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of output frequency are made 2 Contro
50. Follower system D1 This value is the current of drive number V1 23 3 1 Motor current D1 A 1616 one power unit D2 D3 and D4 Not updated D1 This value is the current of drive number V1 23 3 2 Motor current D2 A 1605 two power unit D2 D3 and D4 Not updated D1 This value is the current of drive number V1 23 3 3 Motor current D3 A 1606 three power unit D2 D3 and D4 Not updated D1 This value is the current of drive number V1 23 3 4 Motor current D4 A 1607 four power unit D2 D3 and D4 Not updated V1 23 4 1 StatusWord D1 1615 See page 81 V1 23 4 2 StatusWord D2 1602 See page 81 V1 23 4 3 StatusWord D3 1603 See page 81 V1 23 4 4 StatusWord D4 1604 See page 81 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 78 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 1 1 Digital input statuses ID15 and ID16 Table 52 Digital input statuses linea DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 status DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 status b0 DIN3 DIN6 b1 DIN2 DINS b2 DIN1 DIN4 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 79 6 6 1 2 Digital input statuses D56 and 1D57 Table 53 Digital input statuses od DIN StatusWord 1 DIN StatusWord 2 b0 DIN A 1 DIN C 5 b1 DIN A 2 DIN C 6 b2 DIN A 3 DIN D 1 b3
51. M1 17 Multimonitoring items ee selectablenment Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 9 BASIC APPLICATION 1 4 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor syn P2 2 Max frequency P2 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 chronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P2 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P2 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P2 5 Current limit 0 1xl4 2xIy A IL 107 NX2 230V f P2 6 AH DAN of 180 690 V NX5 400V 110 al the rating plate of the NX6 690V f P2 7 Nominal frequency 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of the of the motor motor Check the rating plate of the Nominal speed of motor P2 8 P 24 20000 rpm 1440 112 The default applies for a 4 pole the motor motor and a nominal size fre quency converter P2 9 Nominal current of 0 1 xiy 2xly A ie 113 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P2 10 Motor coso 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor 0 Ramp P2 11 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P2 12 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp ORPA 0 Not used P2 13 U f optimis
52. Manual Figure 1 Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND ee CMA connected to GND ee CMB isolated from GND ele CMA isolated from GND si CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7074 emf VACON 7 BASIC APPLICATION 1 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN BASIC APPLICATION 3 2 Keypad reference 2 14 I O Reference 2 18 Preset Speed 1 2 19 Preset Speed 2 i 3 1 Control place i i i i i i 1 i 1 1 i i i i i Internal frequency 1 reference i i i 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Max Frequency Reset butto Reference from fieldbus Start Stop button Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus i i i Start forward Start Stoy DIN2 reverse logic i QS i 1 i 1 Start reverse Reverse Internal reverse 3 3 Keypad direction terna Internal fault reset DING Fault reset input External fault input programmable DIN3 7075 emf Figure 2 Control signal logic of the Basic Application bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com Basic APPLICATION VACON 8 1 4 BASIC APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 131 to pages 230 Column explanations Code Location indication
53. Master Follower parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 11 102 6 6 13 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 cccccsscesessessecescsecseceseeseecsecseessesaeens 103 6 6 14 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 cccccccccccsecssecsececssessessecssessessesesteceseeses 104 6 6 15 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 cccccccccccsccsscsscssecsececssecseeseesseeeeeenes 104 7 Pump and Fan Control Application ccccsssseeeeseeesesseseeeseeseeneseeeseesenseeees 105 7 1 MErOdUCHOR aneian nert a aae ea aa Ea a ea eaa oh ene ae cian he Mec ARER S 105 T E Oo 61 50 Fre AEEA E Pe E A EE 106 7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control Application 00 0 0 ceeeeeeeceeeeteeeeeeeees 108 7 4 Short description of function and essential parameter ccccceescccceceeseeeeteeeeeeeeees 109 7 4 1 Automatic changing between drives Autochange P2 9 24 asss 109 7 4 2 Interlock selection P2928 ctec desc acarqenahctidespieeetuns cat ternien iad iarad acest emeninese 110 TASo Example S penei eve cugtesuge coded a a a tet beads araa ar ateetara 111 TD Pump and Fan Control Application Parameter LiSts ccccescceceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeseneeees 114 7 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 cccccccccsscssccsecseessesecsecssecseeseeseens 114 7 5 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 o cccceccccccsccesccsecsessessecseensetseees 115 LDS IMPUE SIG MAUS cssteey ted cae leet Sa
54. O speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 35 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 23 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 14 10 O speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 0 Not used P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 i on sree 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 0 0 633 P2 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 ms 0 0 618 P2 6 14 17 Current control 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 P gain P2 6 15 1 Speed step 50 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 1252 NCDrive speed tuning 3 4 8 PROTECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 7 Table 24 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA reference 2 Warning Previous Freq ees fault 0 2 k ane 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting paga AmA Teerencetautires i Vargas i Pada Hee 000 728 quency P2 7 3 Response to external fault 0 3 2 701 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 4 Input phase supervision 0 3 0 730 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to undervoltage 0 Fault stored
55. Pages 131 to230 The descriptions are arranged according to the ID number of the parameter Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters a On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 2 4 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Table 6 Monitoring values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature v1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V
56. REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 ji Reference i scaling max Op ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward jf F Max freq ID102 50Hz From forward to reverse Analogue k d input V mA Min freq ID101 NA OTS Va0mA Ref scaling min et ID303 OHz Par ID321 A A Par ID322 20 90 Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 7130 emf Figure 55 An example of joystick hysteresis In this example the value of par 1D385 Sleep limit 0 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 172 385 386 388 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Al 1 SLEEP LIMIT 6 2 2 2 9 The frequency converter is stopped if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See also par ID386 and Figure 56 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 j Ref scaling max A d B ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward From forward to reverse Max freq 1D102 50Hz Analogue input V mA 0 10V 20mA Min freq ID101 Ref scaling min 1D303 OHz Par ID321 20 Par ID322 Sleep limit 90 1D385 7 Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 7131 emf Figure 56 Example of sleep limit function Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference i BEL Ble 9 Je N f From reverse to forward F Max freq 1D102
57. SIGNAL SELECTION 6 2 3 1 1 Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Chapter 6 4 Digital output function can be inverted by Control options par D1084 487 DIGITAL OUTPUT 1 ON DELAY 6 2 3 1 3 488 DIGITAL OUTPUT 1 OFF DELAY 6 2 3 1 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays to digital outputs Signal programmed to fp mM digital output DO1 or DO2 output See o 1 ON delay OFF delay 7137 emf Figure 62 Digital outputs 1 and 2 on and off delays bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 183 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr DIGITAL OUTPUT 2 SIGNAL SELECTION 6 2 3 2 1 See ID486 DIGITAL OUTPUT 2 FUNCTION 6 2 3 2 2 See 1D312 DIGITAL OUTPUT 2 ON DELAY 6 2 3 2 3 DIGITAL OUTPUT 2 OFF DELAY 6 2 3 2 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays for the digital outputs See parameters D487 and D488 ADJUSTINPUT 6 2 2 1 4 With this parameter you can select the signal according to which the frequency reference to the motor is fine adjusted 0 Not used 1 Analogue input 1 2 Analogue input 2 3 Analogue input 3 4 Analogue input 4 5 Signal from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN see Chapter 9
58. Table 50 Monitoring values NXS drives Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature v1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue output 1 V mA 26 A01 V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27 Al3 V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4 V1 18 Torque reference 18 V1 19 PT 100 temperature ce 42 Highest temperature of used PT100 inputs G1 20 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values V1 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered motor current V1 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered motor torque V1 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC link voltage V1 21 4 Status Word 43 See chapter 6 6 1 8 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 76 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 50 Monitoring values NXS drives
59. Varies 707 constant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 150 100 708 0 No response f 1 Warning P2 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2x y A ly 710 P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 00 P2 1 2 Hz 25 00 712 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 17 Underload protection 0 3 0 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting paag i Use weakening ates iall 450 07 a BGO 714 load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 PIT 20 COUET pad ppotection Senne 0000 l 20 00 716 time limit 0 No response Response to thermis 1 Warning P27 21 tor fault 0 3 2 132 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting p29 o gt Respon to feldous 0 3 2 733 See P2 7 21 fault P2 7 23 Resp to slot fault 0 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 P2 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 0 739 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 100 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 82 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response Response to PT100 1 Warning P2 729 fault 0 E 0 paN 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Set here the limit at which the P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 200 0 ce 120 0 741 PT100 board
60. a number code indicating the Allin One applications in which the parameter is included If no code is shown the parameter is available in all applications See below The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are also given 7 Basic Application 5 PID Control Application 2 Standard Application 6 Multi Purpose Control Application 3 Local Remote Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application 4 Multi Step Speed Control Application 101 MINIMUM FREQUENCY 2 1 2 1 1 102 MAXIMUM FREQUENCY 2 2 2 1 2 Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz Minimum and maximum frequencies set limits to other frequency related param eters e g Preset Speed 1 ID105 Preset Speed 2 ID106 and 4 mA fault preset speed ID728 103 ACCELERATION TIME 1 2 3 2 1 3 104 DECELERATION TIME 1 2 4 2 1 4 These limits define the time required for the output frequency to increase from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par 1D102 105 PRESET SPEED 1 1246 2 18 2 1 14 2 1 15 106 PRESET SPEED 2 1246 2 19 2 1 15 2 1 16 These parameters can be used to determine frequency references that are applied when appropriate digital inputs are activated Parameter values are automatically limited to the maximum frequency ID102 Note the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Applica tion Because all digital
61. aux drive 1 par ID1002 1 Hz Start freq of aux drive 1 Start delay of the aux drives par ID1010 1 y Frequency t increase during the par ID1002 1 Hz start delay Frequency after starting the aux drive1 i is par ID1003 1 Hz Stop freq of aux rive 1 par ID1003 1 Hz Frequency I f sete cy anter starting x decrease during l is par ID1003 1 Hz Fmin 4 Pace stop delay drives par ID1011 par Stop freq of aux drive 1 Fr par ID1003 1 Hz the aux Stop delay of the aux 7151 emf Figure 76 Example of parameter setting Variable speed drive and one auxiliary drive 1012 1013 1014 1015 REFERENCE STEP AFTER START OF AUXILIARY DRIVE 17 2 9 12 REFERENCE STEP AFTER START OF AUXILIARY DRIVE 27 2 9 13 REFERENCE STEP AFTER START OF AUXILIARY DRIVE 37 2 9 14 REFERENCE STEP AFTER START OF AUXILIARY DRIVE 47 2 9 15 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 211 1016 1017 1018 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr The reference step will be automatically added to the reference value always when the corresponding auxiliary drive is started With the reference steps e g the pres sure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated See Fig ure 77 Reference for Pl controller Reference ste
62. be started Applications 2 and 4 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command unless selected for DIN2 Applications 3 and 6 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if par ID117 is set to 4 Application 4 pone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 145 301 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr 5 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 7 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Applicat
63. closed Start i Programmable G2 2 6 i o S DRE __ 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active i Programmable G2 2 6 l Fg 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active a ae ans Programmable G2 2 6 Contact closed Control place B is active l 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V i 18 AO1 Analogue output 1 See chapters and 1 19 A01 Output frequency Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q i Fault l GND Programmable P2 3 3 2 i 20 D01 Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC ae a amp a FAULT I Programmable G2 3 1 i OPTA2 1 i 21 RO1 Relay output 1 See Chapter 7 5 4 1 ee RO1 J Aux Autochange 1 TETONIT Ae os 73 ROT Programmable 62 3 1 24 RO2 Relay output 2 See Chapter 7 5 4 1 25 RO2 2 Aux Autochange 2 76 Roz _ Programmable 62 3 1 Note See jumper selections below More Jumper block X3 information in the product s user s CMA and CMB grounding manual CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7090 emf Figure 15 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION M1 Vacon 230 VAC Autom O Mains M1 mains Autom Mains
64. defined with this parameter See also par D397 and Figure 57 See 1D385 Al 2 SLEEP DELAY 6 2 2 3 10 This parameter defines the time the analogue input signal has to stay under the sleep limit determined with parameter Al2 sleep limit ID396 in order to stop the frequency converter SCALING OF CURRENT LIMIT 6 2 2 6 1 0 Not used 1 Al 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 see Chapter 9 6 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and Motor current limit ID107 SCALING OF DC BRAKING CURRENT 6 2 2 6 2 See par ID399 for the selections DC braking current can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between zero current and the current set with parameter D507 See Figure 58 VACON 174 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS DC braking 100 7 current Par ID507 Free analogue inpu gt Signal range 7133 emf Figure 58 Scaling of DC braking current 401 SCALING OF ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION TIMES 6 2 2 6 3 See par ID399 Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 ID104 1D502 1D503 divided by the factor R from Figure 59 Analogue input level zero corresponds to ramp times set by parameters Maximum level means a tenth of value set by parameter A Factor R Free nalogue input 3 gt Signal rang
65. driver card S9 Power unit communication TX S10 Power unit communication Trip S11 Power unit comm Measurement DC link voltage is under the voltage limits defined most probable cause too low a suply voltage frequency converter internal fault defect input fuse external charge switch not closed Subcode in T 14 S1 DC link too low during run S2 No data from power unit S3 Undervoltage control supervision Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact the distributor near to you In case of temporary supply voltage break reset the fault and restart the frequency converter Check the sup ply voltage If it is adequate an internal failure has occurred Contact the distributor near to you Input line supervi inputline phase ie missing Check supply voltage fuses and sion cable Output phase supervision T 12 Brake chopper supervision Current measurement has detected that there is no current in one motor phase no brake resistor installed brake resistor is broken brake chopper failure Check motor cable and motor Check brake resistor and cabling If the these are ok the chopper is faulty Contact the distributor near to you Frequency con perature Overtemperature warning is issued when the heatsink temperature exceeds 85 C 72 C 13 verter undertem Heatsink temperature is under 10 C perature Check the correc
66. e External contactors controlled through the relay outputs of the frequency converter connect the drives to the frequency converter or to the mains If the motor controlled by the fre quency converter is included in the autochange sequence it is always controlled through the relay output activated first The other relays activated later control the auxiliary drives see Figure 20 and Figure 21 PARAMETER 2 9 24 AUTOCHANGE 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary drives only or the auxiliary drives and the drive controlled by the frequency converter depending on the setting of parameter 2 9 25 Automatics selection By default the Autochange is activated for 2 drives See Figure 16 and Figure 20 PARAMETER 2 9 25 AUTOCHANGE I NTERLOCKINGS AUTOMATICS SELECTION 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Therefore mains contactor is needed for one auxiliary drive only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and a contactor is needed for each drive to connect it to either the mains or the frequency converter PARAMETER 2 9 26 AUTOCHANGE INTERVAL After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if
67. fieldbus Start Stop buttons Start Place A progr par 2 2 6 1 A g Start Place B progr par 2 2 6 2 I O reverse par 2 2 6 11 programmable 3 3 Keypad direction Internal fault reset Reset from the fieldbus gt 1 A1 PID reference I O A A2 PID reference 2 I O A B Direct frequency reference I O B 7093 emf Figure 18 Control signal logic of the Pump and Fan Control Application bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 109 7 4 SHORT DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTION AND ESSENTIAL PARAMETERS 7 4 1 AUTOMATIC CHANGING BETWEEN DRIVES AUTOCHANGE P2 9 24 The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives controlled by the pump and fan automatics to be changed at desired intervals The drive controlled by frequency converter can also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence P2 9 25 The Autochange function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and to prevent e g pump stalls due to too long running breaks e Apply the Autochange function with parameter 2 9 24 Autochange e The autochange takes place when the time set with parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval has expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with parameter 2 9 28 Auto change frequency limit e The running drives are stopped and re started according to the new order
68. max and the min value for the correction term df in FreqScale TORQUE STABILATOR LIMIT RATIO 6 2 6 26 4 Limit of torque stabilator output 1D111 1ID1720 Torque Stabilator Limit VOLTAGE STABILATOR GAIN 6 2 6 26 9 FLUX STABILATOR COEFFICIENT 6 2 6 26 8 FLUX STABILATOR GAIN 6 2 6 26 7 VACON 228 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 8 1 SPEED CONTROL PARAMETERS APPLICATION 6 ONLY 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1304 Gain w SpeedControl_Kp_FW 100 w SpeedControl_Kp_f0 Figure 88 Speed Controller adaptive gain SPEED CONTROLLER TORQUE MINIMUM GAIN 6 2 6 23 30 The relative gain as a percentage of ID613 of the speed controller when the torque reference or the speed control output is less than the value of par ID1296 This parameter is normally used to stabilise the speed controller for a drive system with gear backlash SPEED CONTROLLER TORQUE MINI MUM 6 2 6 23 29 The level of torque reference below which the speed controller gain is changed from ID613 to ID1295 This is in percentage of motor nominal torque The change is filtered according to par ID1297 SPEED CONTROLLER TORQUE MINI MUM FILTERI NG TI ME 6 2 6 23 31 Filtering time for torque when the speed controller gain is changed between 1D613 and ID1295 depending on ID1296 SPEED CONTROLLER GAIN IN FIELD WEAKENING AREA 6 2 6 23 28 The relative gain of the speed controller in th
69. means that nominal torque reference is produced at the speed controller output for a frequency error of 1Hz See Chapter 9 2 CL SPEED CONTROL I TIME 6 2 6 23 3 Sets the integral time constant for the speed controller See Chapter 9 2 SpeedControl Output k SPC OUT k 1 SPC Kp Speed Error k Speed Error k 1 Ki Speed error k where Ki SPC Kp Ts SPC Ti CL ZERO SPEED TIME AT START 6 2 6 23 9 After giving the start command the drive will remain at zero speed for the time de fined by this parameter The speed will be released to follow the set frequency speed reference after this time has elapsed from the instant where the command is given See Chapter 9 2 CL ZERO SPEED TIME AT STOP 6 2 6 23 10 The drive will remain at zero speed with controllers active for the time defined by this parameter after reaching the zero speed when a stop command is given This parameter has no effect if the selected stop function ID506 is Coasting The zero speed time starts when the ramp time is expected to reach zero speed See Chap ter 9 2 CL CURRENT CONTROL P GAIN 6 2 6 23 17 Sets the gain for the current controller This controller is active only in closed loop control mode The controller generates the voltage vector reference to the modu lator See Chapter 9 2 CL ENCODER FILTER TIME 6 2 6 23 15 Sets the filter time constant for speed measurement The parameter can be used to eliminate encoder signal noise Too
70. on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID 1D number of the parameter E Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 1 4 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more information Table 2 Monitoring values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Sy reference tomotan V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature v1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 1 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01
71. parameter ID Def Motor Speed Choose monitoring data with P2 9 5 irr e o 10000 45 854 parameter ID Def Motor Current to FB Choose monitoring data with p29 Fieldbus process data 10000 4 855 parameter ID out 4 selection Def Motor Torque 3 Choose monitoring data with p2 9 7 Fieldbus process data 10000 5 856 parameter ID out 5 selection Def Motor Power Choose monitoring data with P2 9 8 Bee AO o 10000 6 857 parameter ID Def Motor Voltage Choose monitoring data with P2 9 9 ae eerie o 10000 7 858 parameter ID Def DC Link Voltage Choose monitoring data with P2 9 10 lene te tte o 10000 37 859 parameter ID Def Last Active Fault NXP drives only In NXS default values are not editable Fislabue opscese dara Choose controlled data with P2 9 11 in 1 eo 0 10000 1140 876 parameter ID Def FB Torque Reference Fieldb s pro ess data Choose controlled data with P2 9 12 in 2 panne 0 10000 46 877 parameter ID Def FB Limit Scaling Pislabuepteceesrduia Choose controlled data with P2 9 13 in 3 eae 0 10000 47 878 parameter ID Def FB Adjust Reference Fieldbus process data Choose controlled data with P2 9 14 in 4 ea 0 10000 48 879 parameter ID Def FB Analogue Output 2 9 15 Fieldbus process data 0 10000 0 880 Choose controlled data with in 5 selection parameter ID P2 9 16 Fieldbus process data 0 10000 0 881 Choose controlled data with in 6 selection parameter ID P2 9 17 Fieldbus process data
72. reverse See ID633 and 634 626 CL ACCELERATION COMPENSATION 6 2 6 23 5 Sets the inertia compensation to improve speed response during acceleration and deceleration The time is defined as acceleration time to nominal speed with nom inal torque This feature is used when the inertia of the system is known to achieve the best speed accuracy at alternating references 27 2m from AccelCompensationTC J T from J i oa J System inertia kg m7 fom Motor nominal frequency Hz Thom Motor nominal torque Phom Motor nominal power kW 627 CL MAGNETIZING CURRENT AT START 6 2 6 23 7 Defines the current that is applied to motor when the start command is given in Closed Loop control mode At start this parameter is used together with par ID628 to decrease the time before the motor is able to produce maximum torque 628 CL MAGNETIZING TIME AT START 6 2 6 23 8 Defines the time for how long the magnetization current ID627 is applied to the motor at start The magnetizing current at start is used in order to premagnetize the motor before running This will improve the torque performance at start The time needed depends on the size of the motor The parameter value varies from 100 ms to 3 seconds The bigger the motor the more time is needed 631 DENTI FICATION 23456 2 6 13 2 6 16 Identification Run is a part of tuning the motor and the drive specific parameters It is a tool for commissioning and service of the drive with t
73. rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature v1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 Analogue input 3 27 Al3 V1 14 Analogue input 4 28 Al4 V1 15 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 16 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 17 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 18 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 V1 19 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 20 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 21 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 22 PID Output 23 In of the max output value V1 23 Special display for actual value 29 See parameters 2 2 46 to 2 2 49 V1 24 PT 100 Temperature ce 42 Highest temperature of used inputs G1 25 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 57 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 40 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor P
74. speed reference after ramp control TORQUE STEP 6 2 6 25 26 NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the torque controller See closer NCDrive Tools Step response With this tool you can give step to torque reference NCHI NG RAMP 6 2 4 17 This parameter defines the acceleration and deceleration times when inching is active The parameter is available for NXP drives only EMERGENCY STOP MODE 6 2 4 18 Defines the action after the IO emergency input goes low The parameter is avail able for NXP drives only 0 Coasting stop 1 Ramping stop TORQUE SPEED LIMIT CLOSED LOOP 6 2 10 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be select ed 0 Closed Loop speed control 1 Positive and negative frequency limit Ramp generator output Negative frequency limit Ramp generator output 2 3 4 Ramp generator output Positive frequency limit 5 Ramp generator output with window 6 O Ramp generator output 7 Ramp generator output with window and On Off limits For the selection of this parameter in NXS drives see page POSITIVE FREQUENCY LIMIT 6 2 6 20 Maximum frequency limit for the drive The parameter is available for NXP drives only bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 225 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1316 1317 1324 1352 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrw
75. use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration DC BRAKING CURRENT 234567 2 4 8 Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking DC brake in stop state will only use a tenth of this parameter value This parameter is used together with par ID516 to decrease the time before the motor is able to produce maximum torque at start up DC BRAKING TIME AT STOP 234567 2 4 9 Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function parameter ID506 0 DC brake is not used gt 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function param 1D506 The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Par ID506 0 Stop function Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control of the frequency converter With DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is gt the nominal frequency of the motor the set value of parameter bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 187 ID508 determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 10 of the set value of paramet
76. value 2 FBProcessDatalN3 See Chapter 9 6 Application 5 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency for Actual value 1 only Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 160 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 336 ACTUAL VALUE 1 MINIMUM SCALE 57 2 2 11 2 2 1 11 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 43 337 ACTUAL VALUE 1 MAXIMUM SCALE 57 2 2 12 2 2 1 12 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 43 338 ACTUAL VALUE 2 MINIMUM SCALE 57 2 2 13 2 2 1 13 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 43 339 ACTUAL VALUE 2 MAXIMUM SCALE 57 2 2 14 2 2 1 14 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 43 A A Scaled input signal Poat Sigra 100 ID336 30 ID337 80 45 3 TA ID338 30 ID339 140 i Analogue 140 input 7118 emf Figure 43 Examples of actual value signal scaling 340 PID ERROR VALUE INVERSION 57 2 2 32 2 2 1 5 This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller 0 No inversion 1 Inverted 341 PI D REFERENCE RISE TIME 57 2 2 33 2 2 1 6 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 0 to 100 342 PI D REFERENCE FALL TIME 57 2 2 34 2 2 1 7 Defines the time during which the PI
77. 0 No filtering P2 3 4 Analogue output inversion 0 1 0 309 De Notinverted 1 Inverted Bo 0 0 mA 0 V P2 3 5 Analogue output minimum 0 1 0 310 1 4mA 2V P2 3 6 Analogue output scale 10 1000 100 311 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning P2 3 7 Digital output 1 function 0 16 1 312 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit 1 superv 14 Control place 10 15 Thermistor fault warng 16 Fieldbus DIN1 P2 3 8 RO1 function 0 16 2 313 As parameter 2 3 7 P2 3 9 RO2 function 0 16 3 314 As parameter 2 3 7 ae 0 No limit p2 3 10 OVtput frequency limit 1 0 2 0 315 1 Low limit supervision supervision ae 2 High limit supervision p2 3 11 Output frequency limit 1 0 00 32000 Hz o 00 316 Supervised value P2 3 12 Analogue output 2 signal 0 1 E 10 0 1 LT TTF programming method selection used See page 72 P2 3 13 Analogue output 2 function 0 8 4 472 As parameter 2 3 2 P2 3 14 EIRE EDH 2 filter aoo 1000 s 1 473 0 No filtering P2 3 15 Analogue output 2 inver 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted sion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 mini 1 0 0 mA 0V P2 3 16 m 0 0 475 1 4 mA 2 V P2 3 17 Analogue output 2 scaling 10 1000 1 00 476 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com STANDAR
78. 0 0 100 0 118 P2 1 13 PID controller l time 0 00 320 00 s 1 00 119 P2 1 14 PID controller D time 0 00 10 00 s 0 00 132 P2 1 15 Sleep frequency 0 2 2 Hz 10 00 1016 P2 1 16 Sleep delay 0 3600 s 30 1017 P2 1 17 Wake up level 0 00 100 00 25 00 1018 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 116 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Table 89 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level P2 1 17 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level P2 1 17 2 Wake up at fall below wake up level P3 4 3 5 3 Wake up at exceeded wake up level P3 4 3 5 P2 1 18 Wake up function 0 3 0 1019 P2 1 19 Jogging speed reference 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 7 5 3 INPUT SIGNALS 7 5 3 1 Basic Settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 1 Table 90 Input signals Basic settings Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 I O Bitren ener ret 0 7 0 343 4 Keypad reference erence selection 5 Fieldbus reference FB SpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller Keypad control refer 0 7 4 121 As in P2 2 1 1 ence selection Fieldbus control ref 122 Asin P2 2 1 1 erence selection 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 PID Reference 2 0 7 7 371 4 PID reference
79. 0 00 t 7129 emf Figure 54 PID sum point reference bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 171 NOTE The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs 377 AI 1 SIGNAL SELECTION 234567 2 2 8 2 2 3 2 2 15 2 2 2 1 Connect the Al1 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Chapter 6 4 384 All JOYSTICK HYSTERESIS 6 2 2 2 8 This parameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20 When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward the output frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency joystick poten tiometer in middle position and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command It depends on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this parameter how much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency If the value of this parameter is 0 the frequency starts to increase linearly imme diately when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle position When the control is changed from forward to reverse the frequency follows the same pattern the other way round See Figure 55 Frequency reference Hz
80. 0 00 100 00 0 00 351 supervision External P2 3 18 brake off delay 0 0 100 0 3 Ue 332 Ext l P2 3 19 CENIA o0 100 0 s 1 5 353 brake on delay FC temperature Bh P2 3 20 pon 0 2 0 354 1 Lowlimit supervision eee 2 High limit p2 3 21 FG temperature 10 100 c 40 355 supervised value P2 3 22 Analogue output 2 0 1 E10 0 1 471 TTF programming method signal selection used See page PRG 2e oreo ere Bee na 4 472 As parameter 2 3 2 function p232 Analogue output 90 40 00 E 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time P2 3 25 Analogue output 2 0 1 0 L74 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P2 3 26 Analogue output 2 0 1 0 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA p2 3 27 Analogue output 2 10 1000 100 476 scaling Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 63 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 5 DRIVE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 4 Table 43 Drive control parameters G2 4 Code Para meter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Linear P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 1 500 gt 0 S curve ramp time 0 Linear P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 0 1 502 P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 0 1 503 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper P2 4 5 Brake ch
81. 0 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop p241 Pe braking time 0 00 60000 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P2 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 rae 1 On P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 IL A ly 519 3 4 6 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 5 Table 22 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note paga Prohibit trequency aan 320 00 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency in f P2 5 2 ae 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 0 510 0 Prohibit range 1 is off range 1 high limit pasa Prohibit frequency gat a2000 Hs 0 00 511 range 2 low limit Prohibit frequency cy P2 5 4 i S 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 0 512 0 Prohibit range 2 is off range 2 high limit pass Prohibitirequency Gog 32000 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P25 4 Prohibit frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 0 514 0 Prohibit range 3 is off range 3 high limit P25 7 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 ramp bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 34 3 4 7 MOTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 6 Table 23 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control P2161 Motor control mode 0 1 3 0 600 Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed lo
82. 0 10000 0 882 Choose controlled data with in 7 selection parameter ID P2 9 18 Fieldbus process data 0 10000 0 883 Choose controlled data with in 8 selection parameter ID bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 103 6 6 41 TORQUE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 10 Table 85 Torque control parameters G2 10 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note ass Combination of D1288 amp 0 P2 10 1 Torque limit 0 0 300 0 Yo 300 0 609 ID1287 lower is used p2 10 2 ate limitcon Og 32000 3000 610 trol P gain ms Used only in Open Loop con Torque limit con trol mode P2 10 3 trol 0 0 32000 200 611 l gain 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 Torque reference 4 Al4 Rees selection D a D 641 eis al joystick 10 10 V 6 Al2 joystick 10 10 V 7 Torque reference from keypad R3 5 8 Fieldbus torque ref p2 10 5 Torquereference 3000 300 0 100 642 max P2 10 6 Hi ego 300 0 300 0 0 0 643 0 Max frequency p2 10 7 Torque speed limit g 2 1 b44 1 Selected frequency ref OL 2 Preset speed 7 Minimum fre P2 10 8 De aS 0 00 50 00 Hz 3 00 636 torque control Posing TO ABR conteller il lt a aadd 150 639 P gain Torque controller P2 10 10 gain 0 32000 10 640 Torque speed limit
83. 1 ACCELERATION DECELERATION RAMP 2 SHAPE 234567 2 4 2 The start and end of acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting value 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes accel eration and deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting value 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped accelera tion deceleration The acceleration time is determined with parameters ID103 1ID104 1D502 1D503 These parameters are used to reduce mechanical erosion and current spikes when the reference is changed ID103 ID104_ ID502 ID503 ID500 ID501 t a 7139 emf Figure 64 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 185 502 503 504 505 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr ACCELERATION TIME 2 234567 2 4 3 DECELERATION TIME 2 234567 2 4 4 These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par 1D102 These parameters give the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application The active set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3 par 1D301 BRAKE CHOPPER 234567 2 4 5 0 No brake chopper used 1 Brake chopper in use and t
84. 1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 M1 17 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 15 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 7 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If finax gt than the motor P2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 synchronous speed check suit ability for motor and drive system P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P2 1 5 Current limit O1xly 2xlH A lL 107 Nominal voltage of NXZ 230V P2 1 6 TEA 180 690 V NX5 400V 110 NX6 690V P21 7 Nominal frequency 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of the of the motor motor Nominal speed of The default applies for a 4 pole P2 1 8 P 24 20 000 rpm 1440 112 motor and a nominal size fre the motor quency converter P2 1 9 Nominal current of 0 1 xiy 2xIq A ly 113 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P2 1 10 Motor coso 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 ones the rating plate of the
85. 1 152 TES programming See chapter 6 4 P2 2 5 2 Ald filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 00 153 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V Al4 sional 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V P2 2 5 3 Fn ae 0 3 1 154 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range P225 4 Ee GUS OnE nn 160 00 160 00 20 00 155 of input signal range setting e g 2mA 10 Al4 cust i P2 2 5 5 custom maximum 160 00 160 00 100 00 156 e g 18 mA 90 setting P2 2 5 6 Al4 signal inversion 0 1 0 fio een eD 1 Inverted pone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 87 6 6 3 6 Free analogue input signal selection Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 6 Table 66 Free analogue input signal selection G2 2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 P2 2 6 1 Scaling of current limit 0 5 0 399 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB Limit Scaling See group G2 9 Scaling of DC braking As parameter P2 2 6 1 ae current 0 gt i 400 Scaling from 0 to ID507 SealinaotaceJdec As parameter P2 2 6 1 P2 2 6 3 ma f 0 5 0 401 Scales active ramp from i 100 to 10 Scaling of torque As parameter P2 2 6 1 PAR supervision limit u a g abe Scaling from 0 to ID348 P2265 As parameter P2 2 6 1 Scaling of torque limit 0 5 0 485 Scaling from 0 to ID609 NXS or 1ID1287 NXP NXP drives only Scaling of generator As parameter P2 2 6 1
86. 12 1413 1414 1420 1424 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS FLux 10 150 6 2 6 25 1 2 6 25 15 Motor voltage corresponding to 10 150 of flux as a percentage of nominal flux voltage STOP STATE FLUX 6 2 6 23 24 The amount of flux as a percentage of the motor nominal flux maintained in the motor after the drive is stopped The flux is maintained for the time set by param eter ID1402 This parameter can be used in closed loop motor control mode only FLUX OFF DELAY 6 2 6 23 23 The flux defined by parameter D1401 is maintained in the motor for the set time after the drive is stopped This function is used to shorten the time before the full motor torque is available 0 No flux after the motor is stopped gt 0 The flux off delay in seconds lt 0 The flux is maintained in the motor after stop until the next Run request is giv en to the drive TORQUE STABILATOR GAIN 6 2 6 26 1 Additional gain for the torque stabilator at zero frequency TORQUE STABILATOR DAMPING 6 2 6 26 2 This parameter defines the time constant for the torque stabilator The greater the parameter value the shorter the time constant If a PMS motor is used in Open Loop control mode it is recommended to use value 980 in this parameter instead of 1000 TORQUE STABILATOR GAIN IN FIELDWEAKENING POINT 6 2 6 26 3 The general gain for the torque stabilator PREVENTION OF STARTUP 6 2 2 7 25 This parameter is enabled when the
87. 1286 Alternative limit for negative limit 320 00 direction P2 6 20 Positive frequency 320 00 Hz 320 00 1285 Alternative limit for positive direc limit 320 00 tion P2 6 21 Generator torque limit 0 0 300 0 300 0 1288 P2 6 22 Motoring torque limit 0 0 300 0 300 0 1287 6 6 7 1 Closed Loop parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 23 NOTE Depending on the application version the parameter code may appear as 2 6 17 xx instead of 2 6 23 xx Table 78 Closed Loop motor control parameters G2 6 23 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 23 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 2x ly A 0 00 612 If zero internally calculated P2 6 23 2 Speed control P 1 1000 30 613 P2 6 23 3 Speed control time 32000 3200 0 ms 100 0 614 BA AAT fae P2 6 23 5 Acceleration compensation 0 00 300 00 s 0 00 626 P2 6 23 6 Slip adjust 0 500 75 619 P2 6 23 7 Magnetizing current at start 0 IL A 0 00 627 P2 6 23 8 Magnetizing time at start 0 32000 ms 0 628 P2 6 23 9 0 speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P2 6 23 10 0 speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 0 Not used P2 6 23 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 b a ee 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 23 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 0 0 633 P2 6 23 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 23 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 ms 0 0 618 P2 6 23 17 eee 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 P2 6 23 19 Generator power limit 0 0 300 0 300 0 1290 P2 6 23 20 Motoring power limi
88. 2 Current range 0 20mA Analogue input 2 PID actual value 1 0 oo Programmable P2 2 9 a d Se ie 24V Control voltage output i 4 7 GND J I70 ground Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 1 a tees at a 8 DIN1 Place A Start forward Ground for reference and controls Ri min 5kQ 1 Pa e e 9 DIN2 External fault input Start signal for control place A i Programmable P2 2 1 PID Controller a 0 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault Sp Programmable P2 2 2 Contact open no fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Contact closed fault reset E 12 24V Control voltage output Connect to GND or 24V i 13 GND I 0 ground Voltage for switches see 6 Pa EEE A 14 DIN4 Place B Start forward Ground for reference and controls i 4 Rj min 5kQ I 7 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Start signal for control place B i Programmable P2 2 3 Frequency reference P2 2 5 l p oe 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact closed Jogging speed active i 17 CMB_ Common for DIN4 DIN6 Contact open Control place A is l active i Contact closed Control place B is i active 18 JAO1 Analogue output 1 Connect to GND or 24V 19 01 Output frequency Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 I gt Programmable P2 3 2 READY 20 DOT Digital output Open collector lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC oe eee ee READY I Programmable P2 3 7 i RUN OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Da E a RUN z ROT Programmable P2 3
89. 2 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MOTOR AMBIENT TEMP FACTOR 234567 2 7 9 The factor can be set between 100 0 100 0 where 100 0 0 C 0 0 40 C 100 0 80 C See Chapter 9 3 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MOTOR COOLING FACTOR AT ZERO SPEED 234567 2 7 10 Defines the cooling factor at zero speed in relation to the point where the motor is running at nominal speed without external cooling See Figure 69 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90 or even higher If you change the parameter Nominal current of motor this parameter is automat ically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the drive which is determined by parameter ID107 alone See Chapter 9 3 The corner frequency for the thermal protection is 70 of the motor nominal fre quency ID111 P cooling A Overload area 100 SS a eee i l T I I I I I Par 1ID706 40 l l I i gt 0 Corner freq fa f 1744 emf Figure 69 Motor thermal current Iy curve MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION TIME CONSTANT 234567 2 7 11 This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor The bigger the motor the bigger the time constant The time constant is the time within wh
90. 2 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 166 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 3 Reduces acceleration and deceleration times Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 1D104 1D502 1D503 divided by the factor Rin Figure 49 A Factor R Free analogue put 2 H y YHH Signal range 7124 emf Figure 49 Reduction of acceleration and deceleration times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Set supervision limit can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between 0 and set torque limit supervision value ID349 see Figure 50 Torque 100 Par ID349_ Free nalogue inpult g gt 7125 emf bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 167 Figure 50 Reduction of torque supervision limit 363 START STOP LOGIC SELECTION PLACE B3 2 2 15 0 DINA closed contact start forward DIN5 closed contact start reverse A FWD Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting x REV DIN4 DIN5 7126 emf Figure 51 Start forward Start reverse The first selected direction has the highest priority 3 When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change If Start forward DIN4 and Start rever
91. 2 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN1 has priority 1 DIN1 closed contact startopen contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverseopen contact forward See below Stop function FWD Output frequency 1D506 coasting DIN1 NIN 2 reese Brie et a we eae 7103 emf Figure 28 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN1 closed contact startopen contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabledopen contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN1 closed contact start pulse DIN2 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 29 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 144 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse coasting overrides the Start pulse Output frequency 7104 emf Figure 29 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections including the text Rising edge required to start shall be used to ex clude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connect ed re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed from 1 0 control The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can
92. 2 1 13 I time the PID output increases by 5 Hz 10 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency ev ery second until the error value is 0 PID output Error value l Part 5 Hz s TUNUUNUNNUNNINOUNONMINUNNNUNNENUNNUNNUINUNENINENWINEUEHEEEEEE t 7099 emf Figure 24 PID controller function as l controller Example 2 Given values P2 1 12 P 100 P2 1 13 l time 1 00 s P2 1 14 D time 1 00 sMin freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max freq 50 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the set point and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the l time Once the differ ence between the setpoint and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of parameter 2 1 13 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 139 In case the error value is negative the frequency converter reacts reducing the output correspondingly See Figure 25 PID output Error value P part 5 Hz 4 Error 10 Error 10 P part 5 Hz E t SOTTO ET 7100 emf Figure 25 PID output curve with the values of Example 2 Example 3 Given values P2 1 12 P 100 P2 1 13 l time 0 00 s P2 1 14 D time 1 00 sMin freq 0 H
93. 2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 Synchronous speed check suit ability for motor and drive sys tem NOTE If PID controller is used P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 Acceleration time 2 P2 4 3 is automati cally applied NOTE If PlD controller is used P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 104 Deceleration time 2 P2 4 4 is automati cally applied P2 1 5 Current limit 01xly 2xIy A IL 107 NX2 230V Nominal voltage of the NX5 P2 1 6 ae 180 690 ae 110 NX6 690V P21 7 Nominal frequency of 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor F The default applies for a 4 pole P2 1 8 h pili 24 20000 rpm 1440 112 motor and a nominal size fre quency converter P21 9 Nominal current of the 0 1xly 2xly A i 113 Check the rating plate of the motor motor 2 1 10 Motor coso 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor 0 All 1 Al2 PID controller reference Ze ret from Keypad contret P2 1 11 signal Place A 0 4 0 332 page P3 4 3 PID ref from fieldbus Pro cessDatalN 1 4 Motor potentiometer P2 1 12 PID controller gain 0 0 1000 0 100 0 118 P2 1 13 PID controller I time 0 00 320 00 S 1 00 119 P2 1 14 PID controller D time 0 00 100 00 S 0 00 132 P2 1 15 Sleep frequency 0 00 P 2 1 2 Hz 10 00 1016 P2 1 16 Sleep delay 0 3600 s 30 1017 P2 1 17 Wake up level 0 00 100 00 25 00 1018 0 Wake up at fall below wake P2 1 18 Wake up function 0 1 0 iog y EP t
94. 2 2 ccccccesccescssecsecsecssessesseeececsseeseesees 58 5 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 cccccccccsccesecsecnecssesteeesneseeeseesees 61 5 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 c cecceceeseseseeseeteeteeeees 63 5 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 63 5 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 seiersen 64 5 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 cccccccccscssescssescessessessesesenseseneeeeeees 66 5 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 cceccccceccsceeeseecseeeeees 67 5 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 cccccscessesscsscseccecessessecsecseesecssesseeseenees 68 5 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 c cccccccscssccsecsscssececsessessecsecssessessesneseaeenesesees 68 5 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 cccccccsscsssssccescesecssceecceccseeseecaeeseensens 68 6 Multi purpose Control Application cccccssecsseseeseeseeeeeneesenseeeeeneeseeseeseenes 69 6 1 a a EE E A E E 69 62s Controkl O seamen a r a a a rN 70 6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application ccccecceeeeeseeeeeeeesseteeees 71 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle c ccccccccccccsccssecseessecsecssensens 72 6 4 1 Defining an input output for a certain function on keypad ccccceceeeee
95. 2 3 5 Analogue output minimum 1 0 310 1 4 mA 2 V P2 3 6 Analogue output scale 10 1000 100 311 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected P2 3 7 Digital output 1 function 0 22 1 ziz 1T Atspeed Sa g P 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P2 3 8 Relay output 1 function 0 22 313 As parameter 2 3 7 P2 3 9 Relay output 2 function 0 22 3 314 As parameter 2 3 7 ar 0 No limit p2 3 10 OVtput frequency limit 1 0 2 0 315 1 Low limit supervision supervision ee A ae 2 High limit supervision p2 3 11 Cutputfrequency tmit ta 99 000 Hz 0 00 316 Supervision value i 0 No limit p2 3 12 OVtput frequency limit 2 0 2 0 346 1 Low limit supervision supervision oe A ae 2 High limit supervision p2 1g Cutettirequency limita payiga ao Hz 6 00 347 Supervision value Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 47 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION Table 31 Output signals G2 3
96. 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Field keni p2 7 18 99 4o 150 50 714 load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 Underload protecti p2 7 20 one ee ll 3 600 s 20 716 time limit Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 67 Table 46 Protections G2 7 PID CONTROL APPLICATION Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response P2721 Response to 0 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting pII PROSE HARDIS 3 2 733 See P2 7 21 fault P2 7 23 Response to slot fault 0 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 P2 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 0 739 0 No response P2 7 25 Response to PT100 0 3 2 740 1 Warning fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 200 0 ce 120 0 741 P2 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 ce 130 0 742 5 4 9 AUTORESTART PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 8 Table 47 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P2 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 S 30 00 718 0 Ramp P2 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 P28 4 Number of tries as 0 10 0 720 undervoltage trip P2785 Number of tries aes 0 10 0 721 overvo
97. 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Drive goes to sleep mode if P2 2 3 9 Al2 sleep limit 0 00 100 00 0 00 396 input is below this limit for set time P2 2 3 10 Al2 sleep delay 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 397 Press Enter for 1s to set o P2 2 3 11 Al2 joystick offset 100 00 100 00 h 0 00 166 offset Reset to set 0 00 6 6 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Table 64 Analogue input 3 parameters G2 2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 4 1 Al3 signal selec 0 1 E10 0 1 141 TTF programming See chapter tion 6 4 P2 2 4 2 AI3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 00 142 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V P2 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 0 3 0 143 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range aie TERT P2244 Al3 custom mini 160 00 160 00 0 00 144 of input signal range e g 2 mum setting mA 10 p2 2 4 5 AlS custom maxi 160 00 160 00 100 00 145 e g 18 mA 90 mum setting P2 2 4 6 Al3 signal inver 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted sion 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 6 6 3 5 Analogue input 4 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 5 Table 65 Analogue input 4 parameters G2 2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 5 1 Al4 signal selection 0 0
98. 3 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Control place I0 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested direction 21 Ext brake control inv 22 Thermistor fault warn 23 Fieldbus DIN1 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION Table 42 Output signals G2 3 VACON 62 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 3 8 Relay output 1 0 23 2 313 As parameter 2 3 7 function P2 3 9 Relay output 2 function 0 23 3 314 AS parameter 2 3 7 Output frequenc TENO u PATE cere ee 0 2 0 315 1 Low limit supervision limit 1 supervision sph ila a no 2 High limit supervision Output frequency P2 3 11 limit 1 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 316 Supervised value Output frequenc Dee tint P2 3 12 R q B y 0 2 0 346 1 Low limit supervision limit 2 supervision EE oa 2 High limit supervision Output frequency P2 3 13 limit 2 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 347 Supervised value T limit 0 Not used orque lim P2 3 14 Ae 0 2 0 348 1 Low limit supervision supervision ari a T 2 High limit supervision P2 3 15 TR 300 0 100 0 349 supervision value 300 0 Ref limi 0 Not used P2 3 16 Ser Mce aru 0 2 0 350 1 Low limit supervision Sree 2 High limit P2 3 17 ee
99. 3 2 3 5 3 2 3 3 3 Defines the filtering time of the analogue output signal Setting this parameter value 0 will deactivate filtering Filtered signal t s gt 7109 emf Figure 34 Analogue output filtering 309 ANALOGUE OUTPUT INVERSION 234567 2 3 4 2 3 5 4 2 3 3 4 Inverts the analogue output signal Maximum output signal Minimum set value Minimum output signal Maximum set value See parameter ID311 below Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 150 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Analog 4 outpu current 20 mA 7110 emf Figure 35 Analogue output invert 310 ANALOGUE OUTPUT MINIMUM 234567 2 3 5 2 3 5 5 2 3 3 5 Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero Note the differ ence in analogue output scaling in parameter 1D311 8 15 0 Set minimum value to 0 mA 0 V 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA 2 V 311 ANALOGUE OUTPUT SCALE 234567 2 3 6 2 3 5 6 2 3 3 6 Scaling factor for analogue output Use the given formula to calculate the values Table 115 Analogue output scaling Max value of the signal Output frequency Freq Reference Motor speed Output current Motor torque Motor power Motor voltage DC Link voltage Pl ref value PI act value 1 PI act value 2 PI error value PI output Max frequency par ID102 Max frequency par ID102 Motor nom speed 1XNmMotor Motor nom current 1X motor Motor nom
100. 3 9 1 0 0 1 P2 1 24 10 0 1 0 1 P2 1 25 11 1 1 0 1 P2 1 26 12 0 0 1 1 P2 1 27 13 1 0 1 1 P2 1 28 14 0 1 1 1 P2 1 29 15 1 1 1 1 141 AIl 3 SIGNAL SELECTION 567 2 2 38 2 2 4 1 Connect the AI3 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information see Chapter 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle NOTE If you use an NXP drive and the Multi Purpose Control Application Applica tion 6 you can control Al3 from fieldbus when this input is set the value 0 1 142 AI3 SIGNAL FILTER TIME 567 2 2 41 2 2 4 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See parameter ID324 143 AI3 SIGNAL RANGE 567 2 2 39 2 2 4 3 With this parameter you can select the Al3 signal range Table 113 Selections for parameter D143 a ee 0 0 100 100 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 2 10 10V Customised bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 141 Table 113 Selections for parameter D143 Applic 7 Sel 3 Customised 144 AI3 CUSTOM SETTING MINIMUM 67 2 2 4 4 145 AI3 CUSTOM SETTING MAXIMUM 67 2 2 4 5 Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the AI3 signal within 160
101. 5 DC braking 0 1 0 1 416 DC braking active cc Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 88 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 67 Digital input signals G2 2 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note Jogging speed selected for fre P2 2 7 16 Jogging speed 0 1 A 4 413 maaala P2 2 7 17 AI1 Al2 selection 0 1 0 1 r a a a a Teter iee ian ID117 14 P2 2 7 18 Control from 1 0 terminal 0 1 0 1 409 as PoE Creme P2 2 7 19 Control from keypad 0 1 0 1 410 Force control place to keypad cc P2 2 7 20 Control from fieldbus 0 1 0 1 411 Force control place to fieldbus cc P2 2 7 21 Parameter set 1 set 2 selec 0 1 0 1 496 Closed cont Set 2 is used tion Open cont Set 1 is used Closed cont Mode 2 is used P2 2 7 22 Motor control mode 1 2 0 1 0 1 164 Open cont Mode 1 is used See par 2 6 1 2 6 12 NXP drives only P2 2 7 23 Cooling monitor 0 1 0 2 750 Used with liquid cooled unit P2 2 7 24 External brake acknowledge 0 1 0 2 1210 P SEE Meu ul easiest P2 2 7 26 Enable inching 0 1 0 1 532 Enables Inching function Inching reference 1 Default For P2 2 7 27 Inching reference 1 0 1 0 1 530 ward 2 Hz See P2 4 15 This will start the drive Inching reference 2 Default For P2 2 7 28 Inching reference 2 0 1 0 1 531 ward 2 Hz See P2 4 16 This will start the drive Reset Shaft Rounds and
102. 5 Linear l gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper PLAS Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp P2 4 6 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 7 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 lL A 0 7 x ly 507 P2 4 9 DG braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC P2 4 10 braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop pagg AO Braking ime 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P2 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 o Oit 1 0n P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 IL A ly 519 NXP drives only P2414 DC brake current at 0 I A 0 1 x lq 1080 stop P2 4 15 Inching reference 1 320 00 320 00 Hz 2 00 1239 P2 4 16 Inching reference 2 320 00 320 00 Hz 2 00 1240 P2 4 17 Inching ramp 0 1 3200 0 s 1 0 1257 0 Coasting P2 4 18 Emergency stop mode 0 1 0 1276 1 Ramp P2 4 19 Control options 0 65536 0 1084 o allowedonly in Stop bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 95 6 6 6 PROH
103. 57 2 2 48 2 9 31 ACTUAL VALUE SPECIAL DISPLAY UNIT 57 2 2 49 2 9 32 The Actual value special display parameters are used to convert and display the ac tual value signal in a form more informative to the user The Actual value special display parameters are available in P D Control Applica tionand Pump and Fan Control Application Example The actual value signal sent from a sensor in mA tells you the amount of waste water pumped from a tank per second The signal range is 0 4 20mA Instead of receiving the level of the actual value signal in mA on the display you wish to re ceive the amount of water pumped in m s You then set a value for par ID1033 to correspond to the minimum signal level 0 4 mA and another value for par 1D1034 to correspond to the maximum signal level 20 mA The number of decimals need ed can be set with par ID1035 and the unit m s with par ID1036 The level of the actual value signal is then scaled between the set min and max values and dis played in the selected unit VACON 220 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS The following units can be selected par 1D1036 Table 123 Selectable values for Actual Value Special Display 0 Not Used 15 m3 h m3 h 1 16 F F 2 C C 17 ft ft 3 m m 18 gal s GPS 4 bar bar 19 gal min GPM 5 mbar mbar 20 gal h GPH 6 Pa Pa 21 ft3 s CFS 7 kPa kPa 22 ft3 min CFM 8 PSI PSI 23 ft3 h CFH 9 m s
104. 7 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER OVERVOLTAGE TRIP 234567 2 8 5 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault trip The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the nor mal level AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER OVERCURRENT TRIP 234567 2 8 6 NOTE IGBT temp fault also included This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by D718 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overcurrent trip and IGBT temperature faults AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER 4MA REFERENCE TRIP 234567 2 8 7 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by D718 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the analogue current signal 4 20mA has returned to the normal level gt 4mA AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER EXTERNAL FAULT TRIP 234567 2 8 9 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by D718 0 No a
105. 773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 231 APPENDICES See Figure 90 It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to avoid damaging of the brake i i g 10316 10347 Fault 7165 emf Figure 90 Brake control logic When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time with the Master even if the Follower s conditions for brake opening have not been met pone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com APPENDICES VACON 232 9 2 CLOSED LOOP PARAMETERS ID S 612 TO 621 Select the Closed loop control mode by setting value 3 or 4 for parameter ID600 Closed loop control mode see page 190 is used when enhanced performance near zero speed and better static speed accuracy with higher speeds are needed Closed loop control mode is based on rotor flux oriented current vector control With this controlling principle the phase currents are divided into a torque producing current portion and a magnetizing current portion Thus the squir rel cage induction machine can be controlled in a fashion of a separately excited DC motor NOTE These parameters can be used with Vacon NXP drive only EXAMPLE Motor Control Mode 3 Closed loop speed control This is the usual operation mode when fast response times high accuracy or controlled run at zero frequencies
106. 8 c ccecececseeeceeeseeseeseeeeees 37 3 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 cccccsscsscsscssccesesecseessecaeceecseeseecseeseenees 37 3 4 11 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 cccccccsccsccesecsececssecsecsesseseeseeseesseeseenes 38 3 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 cccccccccccsccsseseecsecsecsecsecseesesseeeeseeees 38 4 Multi step Speed Control Application ssssssnsssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 39 4 1 PME SE Oe iiet Beet ea a AN inci eh A gd Nc acai a agence 39 42e 5111 01 8 FO beater ee NER AE N deri terete eer ern ie meee nore i Meter A 40 4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control Application ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 41 4 4 Multi step speed control application Parameter lists ssssssennsesseeerereeeerenrererren nene 42 4 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 cccccccccccsecsecsscssecsecsesseeseeseseeeeeeseeeaes 42 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com VACON 2 4 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 ccccccccccesccsccseceecesceeeeesteseessesaes 43 4 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 o ccccccccccscccsccsecseceesseeseeeesececsatesseenes 44 4 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 cccccccccsccsccscsscsseeseeeeeeeaseateseesaes 46 4 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 ossessi 48
107. 8 Not used PID control and Pump and fan control applications Table 129 e E ES Reference Speed reference 0 01 ControlWord Start Stop command Fault reset command Process Data IN1 Reference for PID controller 0 01 Process Data IN2 Actual value 1 to PID controller 0 01 Process Data IN3 Actual value 2 to PID controller 0 01 PD4 PD8 Not used Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 237 FAULT TRACING 10 FAULT TRACING The fault codes their causes and correcting actions are presented in the table below The shad owed faults are A faults warnings only The items written in white on black background present faults for which you can program different responses in the application See parameter group Pro tections NOTE When contacting distributor or factory because of a fault condition always write down all texts and codes on the keypad display Table 130 Fault codes Frequency converter has detected too high a current gt 4 1 in the motor cable cote ba ae Check loading short circuit in motor cables Check motor 1 Overcurrent unsuitable motor Check cables Subcode in T 14 Make identification run S1 Hardware trip S2 Reserved S3 Current controller supervision The DC link voltage has exceeded the limits defined Make deceleration time longer Use too short a decelera
108. 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 154 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is not active 3 Run enable Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled 4 Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected 5 Closing contact Force control place to 1 0 terminal 6 Closing contact Force control place to keypad 7 Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID343 ID121 and ID122 NOTE The value of ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place selection 8 Reverse Several inputs are programmed to reverse one active contact is enough to set the direction to reverse Contact open Forward Contact closed Reverse 9 Jogging speed see par 1D124 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault reset Contact closed All faults reset 11 Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operate
109. AD TIME 234567 2 7 20 This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0 s This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to parameter 1D713 If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 74 and Chapter 9 5 A Underload time counter Trip area Par ID716 i Trip warnin pat 10713 Time gt Nowe SLE No underl 7149 emf Figure 74 Underload time counter function 717 AUTOMATIC RESTART WAIT TIME 234567 2 8 1 Defines the time before the frequency converter tries to automatically reset the fault 718 AUTOMATIC RESTART TRIAL TIME 234567 2 8 2 The Automatic restart function keeps trying to reset the faults appearing during the time set with this parameter If the number of faults during the trial time ex ceed the value of the respective parameter set with ID720 to ID725 a permanent fault is generated Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 204 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Wait time Wait time Wait time Par ID717 Par ID717 Par ID717 Ss 1 e Fault trigger i q Warning Restart 1 Restart 2 l Autoreset Trial time 7 Ta ee Trial time Par ID718 Fa
110. AF With this parameter it is possible to select whether the activated safe disable func tion is responded as fault or warning The safe disable input will stop the drive modulation regardless of this parameter value SAFE DISABLE ACTIVE 6 2 3 3 30 Select the digital output to show the status of the Safe Disable FIELDBUS REFERENCE MINIMUM SCALING 6 2 9 1 FIELDBUS REFERENCE MAXIMUM SCALING 6 2 9 2 Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 209 If D850 ID851 custom scaling is not used and the minimum and maximum fre quencies are used for scaling The scaling takes place as presented in Figure 31 See also Chapter 9 6 NOTE Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual val ue 852 TO 859 FIELDBUS DATA OUT SELECTIONS 1 TO8 6 2 9 3 TO 2 9 10 Using these parameters you can monitor any monitoring or parameter value from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to monitor for the value of these parameters See Chapter 9 6 Some typical values Table 122 1 Output frequency 15 Digital inputs 1 2 3 statuses 2 Motor speed 14 Digital inputs 4 5 6 statuses 3 Motor current 17 Digital and relay output statuses 4 Motor torque 25 Frequency reference 5 Motor power 26 Analogue output current
111. AI1 1 Analogue input 2 AI2 ANALOGUE INPUT LIMIT SUPERVISION 7 2 3 2 14 VACON 170 374 375 376 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS If the value of the selected analogue input goes under over the set supervision val ue par D374 this function generates a message through the digital output or the relay outputs depending on to which output the analogue input supervision func tion par D463 is connected 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision ANALOGUE INPUT SUPERVISED VALUE 7 2 3 2 15 The value of the selected analogue input to be supervised by parameter ID373 ANALOGUE OUTPUT OFFSET 67 2 3 5 7 2 3 3 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output signal PID SUM POINT REFERENCE PLACE A DIRECT REFERENCE 5 2 2 4 Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is used 0 No additional reference Direct PID output value 1 PID output All reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 2 PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer 3 PID output PID keypad reference 4 PID output Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 5 PID output Motor potentiometer reference 6 PID output Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 see Chapter 9 6 7 PID output Motor potentiometer If value 7 is selected for this parameter the values of parameters 1D319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 See Figure 54 Hz 2
112. AL FOR A CERTAIN FUNCTION WITH NCDRIVE PROGRAM MING TOOL If you use the NCDrive Programming Tool for parametrizing you will have to establish the con nection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel Just pick the address code from the drop down menu in the Value column see the Figure below o x LOADED Comae J G225ANALOG INPUT 4 a Gj G 226 DIGITAL INPUTS Faut DOUT 01 DQOUTE 10 I Fauk Inverted i DigOUT 0 1 DigOUTE 10 S G 230UTPUT SIGNALS Waring Dig0UT 0 1 igOUTE 10 jG 231 DIG OUT SIGNALS ASETET B P231 1 Ready P 23 1 7 _ Al Ref FaulAWamn DigOUT B DigOUT 0 1 igQUT E 10 B P231 2Run B P231 3 Fout ij E P231 4 Faut Inverted B P2315 Waming B P231 6 External Fauk BIP 231 7 Al Ref Fala B P 231 8 OverTemp Wam B P23 1 9 Reserved B P231 10 Direct Ditferenc B P231 11 At Ref Speed P 231 12 Jogging Speed P 231 13 ExtControl Place B P231 14 Ext Brake Contil B P231 15 ExBrakeCul Inv P231 16 FreqOut SupvLimt P 23 1 17 FreqOut SupvLim2 P231 18Ref Lim Superv gt 7088 jp9 Figure 13 Screenshot of NCDrive programming tool Entering the address code Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation NOTE The nputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state 6 4 3 DEFINING UNUSED INPUTS OUTPUTS All unuse
113. ARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information see the product s user s manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 69 PID CONTROL APPLICATION bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 69 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Software codes ASFIFF06 NXS APFIFF06 NXP 6 1 INTRODUCTION Select the Multi purpose Control Application in menu M6 on page 6 2 Multi purpose control application provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors It can be used for various kinds of different processes where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and PID control is not necessary if you need PID control functions use the PID Control Application or Pump and Fan Control Application The frequency reference can be selected e g from the analogue inputs joystick control motor potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analogue inputs There are parameters also for Fieldbus communication Multi step speeds and jogging speed can also be selected if digital in puts are programmed for these functions e The digital inputs and all the outputs are freely programmable and the application supports all O boards Additional functions e Analogue input signal r
114. ASS 7 2 9 16 With this parameter the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed Then the frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxiliary drives are defined according to the actual value signal See Figure 80 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 214 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Output freq Max freq par 1ID102 Start freq of the aux drive 2 Start freq of the aux drive 1 Par ID1004 par ID1002 wai ii i Stop freq of the aux inimum freq i top freq of the aux drive 2 par ID1005 par ID101 J drive 1 par ID1003 Actualvalye Maximum of the Minimum of the actual value actual value start Start stop control of the freq converter ton start Auxiliary drive 1 sto start uxiliary drive Stop 7155 emf Figure 80 Example of variable speed drive and two auxiliary drives with bypassed PID controller 1021 ANALOGUE INPUT SELECTION FOR INPUT PRESSURE MEASUREMENT 7 2 9 17 1022 I NPUT PRESSURE HIGH LIMIT 7 2 9 18 1023 I NPUT PRESSURE LOW LIMIT 7 2 9 19 1024 OUTPUT PRESSURE DROP VALUE 7 2 9 20 In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pres sure if the input pressure decreases belowa certain limit The input pressure mea surement which is needed is connected to the analogue input selected with parameter ID1021 See Figure 81 Vacon N
115. AUTORESTART PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 8 Table 83 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P2 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 0 Ramp P2 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 P28 4 Number of tries after 0 10 0 720 undervoltage trip P28 5 Number of tries after 0 10 0 721 overvoltage trip P2 8 6 Number of tries after 0 3 0 722 overcurrent trip P2 8 7 Number of tries after 0 10 0 723 4mA reference trip Number of tries after P2 8 8 motor temperature 0 10 0 726 fault trip P2 8 9 Number of tries after 0 10 0 725 external fault trip Number of tries after P28 10 underload fault trip 0 19 D T Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 102 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 10 FIELDBUS PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 9 Table 84 Fieldbus parameters Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 9 1 Fieldbus min scale 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 850 P2 9 2 Fieldbus max scale 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 851 Choose monitoring data with p2 9 3 Fieldbus process data 10000 1 852 parameter ID out 1 selection Def Output Frequency Choose monitoring data with P2 9 4 R ee o 10000 2 853
116. Angle see P2 2 7 29 Reset encoder counter 0 1 0 1 1090 6 3 P2 2 7 30 Emergency stop 0 1 0 2 1213 Low signal activates EM A See chapter 6 5 and parameters P2 2 7 31 Master Follower mode 2 0 1 0 1 092 P 11 1 P2 11 7 Input switch acknowledge P2 2 7 32 0 1 0 2 209 Low signal generates fault F64 ment cc closing contact oc opening contact bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 89 6 6 4 OUTPUT SIGNALS 6 6 4 1 Delayed digital output 1 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 Table 68 Delayed digital output 1 parameters G2 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Digital output 1 0 1 E10 0 1 486 TTF programming See chapter 6 4 signal selection 5 Possible to invert with ID1084 NXP only 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reverse 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 0 26 1 312 13 Freq limit 1 superv 14 Freq limit 2 superv 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 I O control place act 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Reference inverted 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Therm fault or warn 23 Al supervision 24 Fieldbus DIN 1 25 Fie
117. CMA connected to GND g CMB isolated from GND g CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7076 emf Figure 3 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 13 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN STANDARD APPLICATION 3 2 Keypad reference 2 1 11 O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 13 Fieldbus Ctrl Reference 2 1 14 Preset Speed 1 2 1 15 Preset Speed 2 3 1 Control place Internal frequency a ae reference re Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward Start Stop DIN1 Programmable programmable Start Stop and DIN2 reverse logic Start reverse programmable Internal Start Stop Reverse 3 3 Keypad direction Internal reverse e Fault reset input 1 Internal fault reset DIN6 2 External fault input programmable DIN3 7077 emf Figure 4 Control signal logic of the Standard Application bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 14 2 4 STANDARD APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on
118. Control place 1 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus R3 2 Keypad reference P2 1 1 P2 1 2 Hz 0 Forward P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 i Revers P3 4 PID reference 1 0 00 100 00 0 00 167 P3 5 PID reference 2 0 00 100 00 0 00 168 0 Limited function of Stop button nee atop button o i 1 ie 1 Stop button always enabled Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 130 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 12 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 7 5 13 EXPANDER BOARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information see the product s user s manual bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 131 8 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter A shaded parameter ID number e g 478 Motor potentiometer UP in dicates that the 77F programming method shall be applied to this parameter see Chapter 6 4 Some parameter names are followed by
119. D APPLICATION VACON 18 2 4 5 DRIVE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 4 Table 10 Drive control parameters G2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 100 s 0 1 500 05 esac l gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 100 s 0 0 501 05 near l gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 0 Disabled 1 Used when running P2 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp P2 4 6 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7xly 507 P2 4 9 DE Braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC P2 4 10 braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop a ee vee 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P2 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 ral 1 0n P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 IL A l4 519 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 19 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 6 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 g
120. D controller reference falls from 100 to 0 343 I O B REFERENCE SELECTION 57 2 2 5 2 2 1 1 Defines the selected frequency reference place when the drive is controlled from the I O terminal and reference place B is active DIN closed 0 All reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 1 Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer 2 Al3 reference 3 Al4 reference bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 161 Keypad reference parameter R3 2 4 5 Reference from Fieldbus FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer reference 7 PID controller reference select actual value par 1D333 to 1D339 and the PID control reference par D332 If value 6 is selected for this parameter in Application 5 the values of pa rameters ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 In Application 7 the functions Motorpotentiometer DOWNand Motorpotentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and ID418 if value 6 is selected for this parameter 344 REFERENCE SCALING MINIMUM VALUE PLACE B 57 2 2 35 2 2 1 18 345 REFERENCE SCALING MAXIMUM VALUE PLACE B 57 2 2 36 2 2 1 19 You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B between the Minimum and Maximum frequency If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0 In figures below input Al1 with signal range 0 100 is selected f
121. D s 612 to 621 ssssssssissenesieiesisissisrarierarnerarisririsrrrrerne 232 9 3 Parameters of motor thermal protection ID s 704 to 708 c ccccccccccsceseeeeceseeseeeees 233 9 4 Parameters of Stall protection ID s 709 to 712 sss essssrsssrsissrsssierrnrerinrerierernren 234 9 5 Parameters of Underload protection ID s 713 to 716 cccccccsccsccsscssecsecsscssecsecssesseens 234 9 6 Fieldbus control parameters ID s 850 to 859 oo cceccccescssessecsecssececeseeseeceecseessesseees 235 9 6 1 Process Data OUN Slave Master ai ecacies carla Gas aidel eccte a Gach blew ate Paedeeas 235 9 6 2 Current scaling in different size Of UNITS cc ceceeccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeecsaeeees 235 9 6 3 Process Data IN Master gt Slave a icctae itnctad ete te tk aviaddmatraaiidcaicted eatatce 235 10 Paull tracing 2 25 vcisiieetns socdiniccteta ce ijcesnsueadledasevacciiicaaieedienstiectinictiecddecs 237 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 5 BASIC APPLICATION 1 BASIC APPLICATION Software code ASFIFFO1 1 1 INTRODUCTION The Basic Application is a simple and easy to use application It is the default setting on delivery from the factory Otherwise select the Basic Application in menu M6 on page 56 2 See the product s User s Manual Digital input DIN3 is programmable The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter of this ma
122. DIN A 4 DIN D 2 b4 DIN A 5 DIN D 3 b5 DIN A 6 DIN D 4 b DIN B 1 DIN D 5 b7 DIN B 2 DIN D 6 b8 DIN B 3 DIN E 1 b9 DIN B 4 DIN E 2 b10 DIN B 5 DIN E 3 b11 DIN B 6 DIN E 4 b12 DIN C 1 DIN E 5 b13 DIN C 2 DIN E 6 b14 DIN C 3 b15 DIN C 4 6 6 1 3 Fault Word 1 1D1172 Table 54 Fault Word 1 raat canner b0 Overcurrent or IGBT F1 F31 F41 b1 Overvoltage F2 b2 Undervoltage F9 b3 Motor stalled F15 b4 Earth fault F3 b5 Motor underload F17 b Drive overtemperature F14 b7 Overtemperature F16 F56 F29 b8 Input phase F10 b11 Keypad or PC control F52 b12 Fieldbus F53 b13 SystemBus F59 b14 Slot F54 b15 4 mA F50 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 80 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 1 4 Fault Word 2 1D1173 Table 55 Fault Word 2 out cones b2 Encoder F43 b4 b6 External F51 b9 IGBT F31 F41 b10 Brake F58 b14 Main switch open F64 b15 6 6 1 5 Warning Word 1 1D1174 Table 56 Warning Word 1 E commen b0 Motor stalled W15 b1 Motor overtemperature W16 b2 Motor underload W17 b3 Input phase loss w10 b4 Output phase loss w11 b9 Analogue input lt 4mA w50 b10 Not used b13 Not used b14 Mechanical brake W58 b15 Keypad or PC Fault Warning FW52 6 6 1 6 SystemBus St
123. Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 111 7 4 3 EXAMPLES PUMP AND FAN AUTOMATICS WITH INTERLOCKS AND NO AUTOCHANGE Situation One controlled drive and three auxiliary drives Parameter settings 2 9 1 3 2 9 25 0 Interlock feedback signals used autochange not used Parameter settings 2 9 23 1 2 9 24 0 The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with param eters 2 2 6 18 to 2 2 6 21 The Auxiliary drive 1 control P2 3 1 27 is enabled through Interlock 1 P2 2 6 18 the Auxiliary drive 2 control P2 3 1 28 through Interlock 2 P2 2 6 19 etc Phases 1 The system and the motor controlled by the frequency converter are started 2 The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set P2 9 2 3 The main drive decreases speed down to Auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency P2 9 3 and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2 if needed 4 The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting fre quency set P2 9 4 5 The Interlock feedback is removed from Aux drive 2 Because the Aux drive 3 is unused it will be started to replace the removed Aux drive 2 6 The main drive increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are available 7 The removed Aux drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start order which now is 1 3 2 T
124. Fieldbus control refer 0 7 5 122 As in P2 2 5 ence selection 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 EE Actual value selection 0 7 0 333 aaa 2 5 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Sqrt Act1 Sqrt Act2 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 59 PID CONTROL APPLICATION Table 41 Input signals G2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Actual value 1 selec tion 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal c board 2 Al2 signal c board 3 Al3 4 Al4 0 10 2 334 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN2 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal 2 Al2 signal 3 Al3 4 Al4 P2 2 10 Actual value 2 input 0 9 0 335 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN3 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power p2 2 11 Pomel value 1 mini 4400 0 1600 0 0 0 336 0 No minimum scaling mum scale p2 2 12 Actual value 1 maxi 4400 0 1600 0 100 0 337 100 No maximum scaling mum scale p2 2 13 Actual value 2 mini 1600 0 1600 0 0 338 0 No minimum scaling mum scale P22 14 Actual value 2 maxi 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 339 100 No maximum scaling mum scale P2 2 15 Alt signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 1 ayy
125. IBIT FREQUENCY PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 5 Table 76 Prohibit frequencies G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 5 1 Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit 1 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 509 0 Not used P2 5 2 Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 Not used P2 5 3 Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 511 0 Not used P2 5 4 Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 Not used P2 5 5 Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 513 0 Not used P2 5 6 Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 Not used P2 5 7 Prohibit acc dec ramp 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 518 6 6 7 MOTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 6 Table 77 Motor control parameters Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 2 Torque control P2 6 1 Motor control mode 0 2 4 0 600 Additionally for NXP 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl sales 0 Not used P2 6 2 U f optimisation 0 1 0 109 a Atkamatiedoraueibaost 0 Linear 1 Squared P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 0 3 0 108 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P2 6 4 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 p2 6 5 Voltage at field weak 19 a9 200 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot ening point pagg A curvermidpo
126. IT SUPERVISION 34567 2 3 20 2 3 4 11 2 3 2 11 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set limit ID355 this function generates a message through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters ID312 to 1D314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the temperature limit supervision signal par D450 is connect ed applications 6 and 7 355 FREQUENCY CONVERTER TEMPERATURE LIMIT VALUE 34567 2 3 21 2 3 4 12 2 3 2 12 This temperature value is supervised by parameter ID354 356 ANALOGUE SUPERVISION SIGNAL 6 2 3 4 13 With this parameter you can select the analogue input to be monitored 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 164 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 357 358 359 360 361 362 ANALOGUE SUPERVISION LOW LIMIT 6 2 3 4 14 ANALOGUE SUPERVISION HIGH LIMIT 6 2 3 4 15 These parameters set the low and high limits of the signal selected with par D356 See Figure 46 Analogue input selected with par ID356 ID358 ID357 a i Time 1 i l i RO1 0 In this example the programming of par ID463 B 1 7121 emf Figure 46 An example of On Off control PID CONTROLLER MINIMUM LIMIT 5 2 2 30 PID CONTROLLER MAXIMUM LIMIT 5 2 2 31 With these parameters you can set th
127. NCE 16 2 2 7 27 I NCHI NG REFERENCE 26 2 2 7 28 These inputs activate the inching reference if inching is enabled NOTE The inputs also start the drive if activated and if there is no Run Request command from anywhere else VACON 190 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Negative reference is used for reverse direction see parameters 1D1239 and ID1240 The parameter is available for NXP drives only 532 ENABLE INCHI NG 6 2 2 7 26 Inching is a combination of a start command and preset speeds ID1239 and ID1240 with a ramp time 1D533 If you use the inching function the input value must be TRUE set by a digital signal or by setting the value of the parameter to 0 2 The parameter is available for NXP drives only 600 MOTOR CONTROL MODE 234567 2 6 1 Table 120 Selections for motor control mode in different applications NXS P NXS P NXS P NXS P NXS 0 NXS P 1 NXS P NXS P NXS P NXS P NXS P NXS 2 Not used Not used Not used Not used NXS P NA 3 NXP NXP NXP NXP NXP NA 4 NA NA NA NA NXP NA Selections 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 2 Torque control 3 Speed crtl closed loop Drive frequency reference is set to output frequency without slip compensation Motor actual speed is finally defined by motor load Drive frequency reference is set to motor speed reference The motor speed is remains the same regardless of motor load Slip is compensated Speed refe
128. Note that the monitoring values V1 18 to V1 23 are available in the PFC control application only Table 88 Monitoring values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 Al input value V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 input value V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 V1 16 Analogue input 3 V mA 27 Al3 input value V1 17 Analogue input 4 V mA 28 Al4 input value V1 18 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 19 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 20 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 21 PID Output 23 In of the max output value 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Table 88 Monitoring values VACON 115
129. ON TIME SELECTION 67 2 2 7 13 2 2 6 7 Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Set Acceleration Deceleration times with parameters ID103 and ID104 and the al ternative ramp times with ID502 and ID503 CONTROL FROM O TERMINAL 67 2 2 7 18 2 2 6 8 Contact closed Force control place to 1 0 terminal This input has priority over parameters ID410 and ID411 CONTROL FROM KEYPAD 67 2 2 7 19 2 2 6 9 Contact closed Force control place to keypad This input has priority over parameter ID411 but preceded in priority by ID409 CONTROL FROM FIELDBUS 67 2 2 7 20 2 2 6 10 Contact closed Force control place to fieldbus This input is preceded in priority by parameters ID409 and ID410 NOTE When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direc tion and Reference valid in the respective control place are used The value of parameter ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When the input opens the control place is selected according to keypad control parameter ID125 REVERSE 67 2 2 7 4 2 2 6 11 Contact open Direction forward Contact closed Direction reverse This command is active when Start signal 2 ID404 is used for other purposes J OGGI NG SPEED 67 2 2 7 16 2 2 6 12 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference See parameter ID124 Default programming A 4 FAULT RESET 67 2 2 7 10 2 2 6 13 Co
130. Output freq limit t doo 320 00 Hz 0 00 316 Supervised value Output frequency limit Os No limit P2 3 2 3 Score nae 0 2 0 346 1 Low limit supervision 2 supervision as ees ae 2 High limit supervision pasg Pupuk treg hmieg agny ste 0 00 347 Supervised value Torque limit supervi De Notused P2 3 2 5 rene 0 2 0 348 1 Low limit supervision sion aaa ae 2 High limit supervision p2 3 2 4 Torque limit supervi 300 0 300 0 100 0 349 sion value 0 Not used P2 3 2 7 Reference limit super 0 2 0 350 1 Low limit vision 2 High limit Reference limit super P2 3 2 8 ae 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 vision value P2 3 2 9 Exetel 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 From brake off limits brake off delay External From Run request Use aa brake on delay 0 0 100 0 3 E 2 time longer than P2 1 4 0 Not used P2 3 2 11 tales 0 2 0 354 1 Low limit p 2 High limit Baa o 42 Abe temperattre 10 100 ec 40 355 supervised value P2 3 2 13 Supervised analogue 0 3 0 372 0 All input 1 Al2 Analogue input limit O hon P2 3 2 14 JS Mp 0 2 0 373 1 Low limit supervision supervision PAEA i 2 High limit supervision p2 3 2 15 Analogue input super 99 100 00 0 00 374 vised value Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 122 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 4 3 Analogue output 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 3 Table 98 Output signals Analogue o
131. PLICATION Table 80 Identification parameters NXP drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Leakage inductance volt P2 6 25 21 Ls voltage drop 0 3000 gja 398 drop with nominalcur rent and frequency of motor Unit 256 10 P2 6 25 22 lu Offset 32000 32000 0 668 P2 6 25 23 lv Offset 32000 32000 0 669 P2 6 25 24 Iw Offset 32000 32000 0 670 P2 6 25 25 Speed step 50 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 1252 NCDrive speed tuning P2 6 25 26 Torque step 100 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 1253 NCDrive torque tuning Table 81 Stabilators Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 26 1 Torque stabilator gain 0 1000 100 1412 pz g25 2 Torade stabilator 0 1000 900 1413 For PMSM use value 980 damping Torque stabilator gain P2 6 26 3 FWP 0 1000 50 414 Torate stabilator mit Limit of torque stabilator P2 6 26 4 q y 0 2000 3 00 1720 output Limit Hz Value ratio FreqScale P 6 26 5 Flux circle stabilator 0 32766 5000 1550 Gain for flux circle stabi gain lizer P2 6 26 6 Flux stabilator TC 0 32700 900 jasi tet coemirientorid current stabilizer P2 6 26 7 Flux stabilator gain 0 32000 800 1797 Gain of flux stabilizer Flux stabilator coeffi Filter coefficient of flux P2 6 26 8 cient 30000 32766 64 1796 stabilizer 32767 equals 1 ms P2 6 26 9 Voltage stabilator gain 0 1000 10 0 1738 Gain of voltage stabilizer P2 6 26 10 Vo
132. PT100 cable is broken When using normal Master Follower 74 Follower fault function this fault code is given if one or more follower drives trip to fault one 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com VACON DRIVEN BY DRIVES Document ID Subject to change without prior notice D P D OO 9 0 3 2012 Vacon Plc Rev A Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com
133. Place A is the pump and fan control and place B is the direct frequency reference The control place is selected with input DIN6 As already its name tells the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of pumps and fans It can be used for example to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if the measured input pressure falls below a limit specified by the user The application utilizes external contactors for switching between the motors connected to the fre quency converter The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting order of the auxiliary drives Autochange between 2 drives main drive 1 auxiliary drive is set as default see chapter 7 4 1 e Allinputs and outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sleep function The parameters of the Pump and Fan Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this man ual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the param
134. Prevention of start circuit is used to inhibit the gate pulses The parameter is available for NXP drives only RESTART DELAY 6 2 6 17 The delay time within which the drive can not be restarted after a coast stop The time can be set up to 60 000 seconds The Closed Loop control mode uses a differ ent delay NOTE This function is not available when flying start is selected for start function ID505 The parameter is available for NXP drives only bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 227 1536 1550 1551 1552 1553 1720 1738 1796 1797 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr FOLLOWER FAULT 6 2 11 8 Defines the response in Master drive when a fault occurs in any of the follower drives For diagnostic purposes when one of the drives trips to fault the master drive will send a command to trigger Data Logger in all the drives 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop function FLUX CIRCLE STABILATOR GAIN 6 2 6 26 5 Gain for flux circle stabilizer 0 32766 FLUX STABILATOR TC 6 2 6 26 6 Filter coefficient of id current stabilizer VOLTAGE STABILATOR TC 6 2 6 26 10 Damping rate of voltage stabilizer 0 1000 VOLTAGE STABILATOR LIMIT 6 2 6 26 11 This parameter sets the limits for the voltage stabilizer output i e the
135. Table 121 for exact values 0 Not used P2 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P2 6 11 Undervoltage controller 0 1 1 60g Otis 1 Used P2 6 12 Identification aai Se Nearion 1 Identification w o run Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 126 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 8 PROTECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 7 Table 104 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA ref 2 Warning Previous Freq eae erence fault qd R 700 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting Po 7 AA erene aE l a BARA H 00 728 frequency P27 3 Response to external 0 3 2 701 0 No response fault 1 Warning Input phase supervi 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 sion 0 3 0 730 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to under 0 Fault stored in history Rad voltage fault l 0 127 1 Fault not stored Output phase supervi P2 7 6 Si n 0 3 2 702 0 No response z 1 Warning P2 7 7 Earth fault peters 0 3 2 703 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 78 Thermal protection of 0 3 2 704 3 Fault stop by coasting the motor pagg Moterembient temi ingg 1000 e of 705 perature factor p27 1g Motor caoling factor at ma
136. UE OUTPUT 2 SCALING 234567 2 3 17 2 3 27 2 3 6 6 2 3 4 6 For more information on these five parameters see the corresponding parameters for the analogue output 1 on pages Page 148 to Page 150 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2 OFFSET 67 2 3 6 7 2 3 4 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 SIGNAL SELECTION 67 2 3 7 1 2 3 5 1 See ID464 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 FUNCTION 67 2 3 7 2 2 3 5 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output signal See ID307 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 FILTER TIME 67 2 3 7 3 2 3 5 3 Defines the filtering time of the analogue output signal Setting this parameter val ue 0 will deactivate filtering See ID308 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 INVERSION 67 2 3 7 4 2 3 5 4 Inverts the analogue output signal See ID309 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 MINIMUM 67 2 3 7 5 2 3 5 5 Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero See 1D310 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 SCALING 67 2 3 7 6 2 3 5 6 Scaling factor for analogue output Value 200 will double the output See 1D311 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3 OFFSET 67 2 3 7 7 2 3 5 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output signal See ID375 VACON 182 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 485 SCALING OF MOTORING TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 2 6 5 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 see Chapter 9 6 100 Par ID349 g Signal range 7136 emf Figure 61 Scaling of motoring torque limit 486 DIGITAL OUTPUT 1
137. ULT OR WARNING 67 2 3 3 21 2 3 1 21 Motor thermistor initiates a overtemperature signal which can be led to a digital output NOTE This function requires a converter equipped with a thermistor input MOTOR REGULATOR ACTIVATION 67 2 3 3 23 2 3 1 23 One of the limit regulators current limit torque limit has been activated FIELDBUS DIGITAL INPUT 167 2 3 3 24 2 3 1 24 FIELDBUS DIGITAL INPUT 267 2 3 3 25 2 3 1 25 FIELDBUS DIGITAL INPUT 367 2 3 3 26 2 3 1 26 The data from the fieldbus Fieldbus Control Word can be led to frequency con verter digital outputs See the fieldbus manual for details See also ID169 and ID170 AUTOCHANGE 1 AUXILIARY DRIVE 1 CONTROL 7 2 3 1 27 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1 Default programming B 1 AUTOCHANGE 2 AUXILIARY DRIVE 2 CONTROL 7 2 3 1 28 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2 Default programming B 2 AUTOCHANGE 3 AUXILIARY DRIVE 3 CONTROL 7 2 3 1 29 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 3 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 too to a relay output Since the OPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an 1 0 expander board with extra relay outputs e g Vacon OPTB5 AUTOCHANGE 4 AUXILIARY DRIVE 4 CONTROL 7 2 3 1 30 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 and 4 too to a relay out
138. X Input pressure measurement selected with par ID1021 Pl controller actual value input par ID333 7156 emf Figure 81 Input and output pressure measuring bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 215 With parameters ID1022 and ID1023 the limits for the area of the input pressure where the output pressure is decreased can be selected The values are in percent of the input pressure measurement maximum value With parameter 1D1024 the value for the output pressure decrease within this area can be set The value Is in percent of the reference value maximum See Figure 82 OUTPUT PRESSURE Par ID1024 Output pressure drop value INPUT PRESSURE TIME Par 1ID1026 Input pressure high limit Par ID1032 Input pressure low limit TIME 7157 emf Figure 82 Output pressure behaviour depending on input pressure and parameter settings 1025 1026 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr FREQUENCY DROP DELAY AFTER STARTING AUXILIARY DRIVE 7 2 9 21 FREQUENCY INCREASE DELAY AFTER STOPPING AUXILIARY DRIVE 7 2 9 22 If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly e g in soft starter control then a delay between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the variable speed drive will make the control smoother This delay can be adjusted with pa
139. Y LIMIT 234567 2 7 16 The frequency can be set between 1 f ID102 Fora stall state to occur the output frequency must have remained below this limit for a certain time See Chapter 9 4 UNDERLOAD PROTECTION 234567 2 7 17 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting See Chapter 9 5 UNDERLOAD PROTECTION FIELD WEAKENING AREA LOAD 234567 2 7 18 The torque limit can be set between 10 0 150 0 x Tnmotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 73 If you change parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this parameter is automat ically restored to the default value See Chapter 9 5 Par ID714 Par ID715 Underload area f gt 5 Hz Fieldweakening point par ID602 7148 emf Figure 73 Setting of minimum load UNDERLOAD PROTECTION ZERO FREQUENCY LOAD 234567 2 7 19 The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 x TnMotor This parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 73 If you change the value of parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See Chapter 9 5 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 203 716 UNDERLO
140. a certain input or output with a certain function parameter is done by giving the para meter an appropriate value The value is formed of the Board sloton the Vacon NX control board see the product s user s manual and the respective signal number see below Terminal number Terminal type 7086 emf Example You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning parameter 2 3 3 7 to the digital output DO1 on the basic board OPTA1 see the product s user s manual First find the parameter 2 3 3 7 on the keypad Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit mode On the value line you will see the terminal type on the left DigIN DigOUT An IN An OUT and on the right the present input output the function is connected to B 3 A 2 etc or if not con nected a value 0 When the value is blinking hold down the Browser button up or downto find the desired board slot and signal number The program will scroll the board slots starting from 0 and proceeding from A to E and the 1 0 selection from 1 to 10 Once you have set the desired value press the Enter button once to confirm the change cy Gay Gay P2331 ee P2331 ED P2331 ED Al Ref Faul Warn P JAI Ref Faul Warn A Al Ref Faul Warn DigOUT 0 0 DigOUT 0 0 DigOUT B L 7087 emf bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 73 6 4 2 DEFINING A TERMIN
141. ace A Reference responds to the max reference P2 2 17 scaling maximum 0 00 304 signal value 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Place B Reference Selects the frequency that cor P2 2 18 scaling minimum 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 364 responds to the min reference value signal Selects the frequency that cor Place B Reference responds to the max reference P2 2 19 scaling maximum 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 365 signal value 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Free analogue input Oe Not leed P2 2 20 epee i a 2 0 361 1 Analogue input 1 signal selection 2 Analogue input 2 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit P2 1 5 F apii 2 Reduces DC braking e ee 0 4 0 362 current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque super vision limit p2 2 22 Motor potentiometer 94 2900 0 Hz s 10 0 331 ramp time Motor potentiometer a Se sdoroaw P2 2 23 frequency reference 0 2 1 367 PP P memory reset ereddown 2 Reset if powered down P2 2 24 Start pulse memory 0 1 0 498 o gt Run state not copied 1 Run state copied Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 31 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 4 OUTPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 3 Table 20 Output signa
142. aft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 M1 17 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 43 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 4 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 29 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous P2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 speed check suitability for motor and drive sys tem P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P2 1 5 Current limit O1xly 2xly A IL 107 Nominal voltage of Ne ean 2 1 6 nii A 180 690 V NX5 400V 110 NX6 690V FEE Nominal frequency of 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of the motor the motor The default ap
143. amp 1 shape 00 100 s 0 1 soo 9 haear gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 00 100 s 0 0 soi jo et gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper MEL Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp P2 4 6 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 2 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7 x ly 507 P2 4 9 DE braking tite 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC P2 4 10 braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop P2 4 11 Dir braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P2 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 Dol 1 0n P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 l A ly 519 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 49 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 4 6 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 5 Table 33 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note paga Prohibitirequency agg 320 00 H
144. ange selection e Two frequency limit supervisions e Torque limit supervision e Reference limit supervision e Second ramps and S shape ramp programming e Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic e DC brake at start and stop e Three prohibit frequency areas e Programmable U f curve and switching frequency e Autorestart e Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault e Motor underload protection e Input and output phase supervision e Joystick hysteresis e Sleep function NXP functions Power limit functions Different power limits for motoring and generating side Master Follower function Different torque limits for motoring and generating side Cooling monitor input from heat exchange unit Brake monitoring input and actual current monitor for immediate brake close Separate speed control tuning for different speeds and loads Inching function two different references Possibility to connect the FB Process data to any parameter and some monitoring values Identification parameter can be adjusted manually The parameters of the Multi Purpose Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 70 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 2 CONTROL I 0 Table 49 Multi purpose control application default I O configur
145. application can be read with the NCDrive PC software Table 59 Application Status Word content Application Status Word Application Standard Loc Rem b1 Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready b2 Run Run Run Run Run Run b3 Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault b4 b5 No EMStop NXP b6 Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable Run Enable b7 Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning Warning b8 b9 b10 b11 DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake DC Brake b12 Run request Run request Run request Run request Run request Run request b13 Limit control Limit control Limit control Limit control Limit control Limit control b14 Brake control Aux 1 b15 Place B is PID active Aux 2 active bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 83 6 6 2 BASIC PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 1 Table 60 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous P2 1 2 Max frequency P2 1 1 320 00 Hz 50 00 102 speed check suitability for motor and drive sys tem P2 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 0 Hz to Max frequency P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 Max frequency to 0 Hz P2 1 5 Cu
146. are needed Encoder board should be connected to slot C of the control unit Set the encoder P R parameter P7 3 1 1 Run in open loop and check the encoder speed and direction V7 3 2 2 Switch the encoder wiring or the phases of mo tor cables if necessary Do not run if encoder speed is wrong Program the no load cur rent to parameter ID612 or perform the ID run without load on motor shaft and set parameter ID619 Slip Adjust to get the voltage slightly above the linear U f curve with the motor frequency at about 66 of the nominal motor frequency The Motor Nominal Speed parameter ID112 is critical The Current Limit parameter ID107 controls the available torque linearly in relative to motor nominal current Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 233 APPENDICES 9 3 PARAMETERS OF MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION ID S 704 TO 708 General The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The Vacon drive is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is arisk that the motor will be thermally overloaded This is the case especially at low frequencies At low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced as well as its capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small The motor thermal protection is based ona calculated model and it uses the outpu
147. ation and connection example Reference potentiometer 1 10 KQ OPTA1 Terminal Signal erin e 7 N 1 10Ve Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc i 2 All Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference ro Me Voltage range 0 10V DC l Programmable P2 1 11 tee eee ead 3 Al 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current range 0 20mA E NEEE E EE EES 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND 170 ground Ground for reference and controls i a 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward a ea beam Programmable logic P2 2 1 1 i SER eS SS 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse a Ri min 5kQ eS i ee 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed rising edge fault Programmable G2 2 7 reset 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 Pe eee eee ete ae T3 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls ae T4 DIN4 Jogging speed selection Contact open IO reference active 4 os yo _ i EA GA Programmable G2 2 7 Contact closed Jogging speed active I I 15 DIN5 External fault Contact open no fault eae Pa ESI ENET Programmable G2 2 7 Contact closed external fault l q 16 DIN Accel decel time select Pr
148. ation 0 1 0 109 1 A tom tic tordde boost 0 Al1 1 Al2 P2 14 1 0 reference 0 3 0 117 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Analogue input 2 0 0 20mA A reference offset 0 l 302 1 4mA 20 mA 0 Not used 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal Analogue output speed P2 16 function 0 8 1 307 4 Output current 0 I Motor 5 Motor torque 0 T Motor 6 Motor power O PyMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont P2 17 DIN3 function 0 7 1 Gl UNENE 4 Run enable oc 5 Force cp to I0 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com BASIC APPLICATION VACON 10 Table 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 18 Preset speed 1 0 00 P2 2 Hz 0 00 105 Speeds preset by operator P2 19 Preset speed 2 0 00 P2 2 Hz 50 00 106 Speeds preset by operator 0 Disabled P2 20 Automatic restart 0 1 0 731 1 Enabled 1 4 3 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Table 4 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min M
149. atus Word 1D1601 Table 57 SystemBus Status Word FALSE TRUE bO Reserved b1 Drive 1 Ready b2 Drive 1 Running b3 Drive 1 Fault b4 Reserved b5 Drive 2 Ready b6 Drive 2 Running b7 Drive 2 Fault b8 Reserved b9 Drive 3 Ready b10 Drive 3 Running b11 Drive 3 Fault b12 Reserved b13 Drive 4 Ready b14 Drive 4 Running b15 Drive 4 Fault bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 81 6 6 1 7 Follower drive Status Word Table 58 Follower drive Status Word FALSE TRUE b0 Flux not ready Flux ready gt 90 b1 Not in Ready state Ready b2 Not running Running b3 No fault Fault b4 Charge switch state b5 b Run disabled Run enable b7 No warning Warning b8 b9 b10 b11 No DC brake DC brake is active b12 No run request Run request b13 No limit controls active Limit control active b14 External brake control OFF External brake control ON b15 Heartbeat Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 82 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 1 8 Application Status Word Application Status Word combines different drive statuses to one data word see Monitoring Value V1 21 4 Status Word Status Word is visible on keypad in Multi Purpose application on ly The Status Word of any other
150. ault Cust ID Note 0 No response P2 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 i HA TT 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2xly A ly 710 P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 711 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 P2 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 0 No response P2 7 17 Underload protection 0 3 0 713 i ees Ph E 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 18 Field weakening area load 10 150 50 714 P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 P2 7 20 Underload protection time 2 400 z 20 716 limit 0 No response P2 7 21 Response to thermistor fault 0 3 2 732 Saree balsas 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 22 Response to fieldbus fault 0 2 733 See P2 7 21 P2 7 23 Response to slot fault 0 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 22 2 4 9 AUTORESTART PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 8 Table 14 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P2 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 0 Ramp P2 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 P2 8 4 Number of tries after undervoltage trip 0 10 0 720 P2 8 5 Number of tries after overvoltage trip 0 10 0 721 P2 8 6 Number of tries after overcurrent trip 0 3 0 722 P2 8 7 Number of tries after 4mA referenc
151. ault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal in the programmable digital inputs DIN3 or with parameters ID405 and ID406 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and relay outputs RO1 and RO2 OUTPUT PHASE SUPERVISION 234567 2 7 6 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an ap proximately equal current EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 234567 2 7 7 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero The overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter from earth faults with high currents MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION 234567 2 7 8 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Deactivating the protection i e setting parameter to 0 will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 0 See Chapter 9 3 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 199 705 706 707 Phone 800 894 041
152. ax Unit Default Cust ID Note 1 I O terminal P3 1 Control place 1 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P3 2 Keypad reference P2 1 P2 2 Hz Reverse request activated from the panel P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 0 Limited function of Stop R3 4 Stop button button 1 1 114 1 Stop button always enabled 1 4 4 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 1 4 5 EXPANDER BOARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information see the product s User s Manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 11 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 STANDARD APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF02 2 4 INTRODUCTION Select the Standard Application in menu M on page 6 2 The Standard Application is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for which the Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed e The Standard Application has the same 1 0 signals and the same control logic as the Basic Application e Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additiona
153. ble 109 Selections for parameter D117 Are nk Keypad reference Menu M3 Fieldbus reference Potentiometer reference controlled with ID418 TRUE increase and ID417 TRUE decrease Ali or Al2 whichever is lower All or Al2 whichever is greater Max frequency recommended in torque control only AI1 Al2 selection see ID422 Encoder 1 Al input C 1 Encoder 2 With OPTA7 Speed Synchroni zation NXP only Al input C 3 118 PID CONTROLLER GAIN 57 2 1 12 This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller If the value of the parameter is set to 100 a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as ID controller See examples on Page 137 119 PID CONTROLLER I TIME 57 2 1 13 The parameter ID119 defines the integration time of the PID controller If this pa rameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value causes the con troller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PD controller See examples on Page 137 120 MOTOR COS PHI 2 10 2 1 10 Find this value cos phi on the rating plate of the motor 121 KEYPAD FREQUENCY REFERENCE SELECTION 234567 2 1 12 2 1 13 2 2 6 2 2 1 2 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the keypad Table 110 Selectio
154. cable is broken Run command was removed before completion of identification run 57 Identification Identification run has failed Motor is not connected to frequency converter There is load on motor shaft Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 241 Actual status of the brake is different 58 Brake from the control signal Follower commu Table 130 Fault codes ae Fae Possiblecause code SystemBus or CAN communication is FAULT TRACING Correcting measures Check mechanical brake state and connections Check option board parameters 92 nication broken between Master and Follower N eplical ibe cableor CaN Coolant circulation on liquid cooled drive Check reason for the failure on 60 Cooling has failed external system Check encoder connection 61 Speed error Motor speed is unequal to reference PMS motor has exceeded the pull out torque 62 Run disable Run enable signal is low Check reason for Run enable signal Bao Emeen Tee Command for emergency stop received New run command is accepted after gency StOP From digital input or fieldbus reset 64 Input switch open Drive input switch is open oe Perna now en e a Temperature limit values set for the PT100 board parameters have been PT100 board 2 exceeded 65 temp fault More inputs are selected than actually Pind hecate of Kebapenatine rie connected
155. chanical resonance problems With these parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 67 Output frequency Hz Reference Hz gt 7142 emf Figure 67 Example of prohibit frequency area setting DC BRAKING FREQUENCY AT STOP 234567 2 4 10 The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied See Figure 67 DC BRAKING TIME AT START 234567 2 4 11 DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time for how long DC current is fed to motor before acceleration starts DC brake current is used at start in order to premagnetize the motor before running This will improve the torque performance at start Varying between 100 ms to 3 s the time needed depends on motor size A bigger motor requires a longer time See par D507 NOTE When Flying Start see par D505 is used as start function DC braking at start is disabled ACCELERATION DECELERATION RAMP SPEED SCALING RATIO BETWEEN PROHIBIT FREQUENCY LIMITS 23457 2 5 3 2 5 7 Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected prohibit frequency range limits parameters ID509 to ID514 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than out side the prohibit frequency range limits bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 W
156. closed Control place B Default programming A 6 AUTOCHANGE 1 INTERLOCK 7 2 2 6 18 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated Default programming A 2 AUTOCHANGE 2 INTERLOCK 7 2 2 6 19 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated Default programming A 3 AUTOCHANGE 3 INTERLOCK 7 2 2 6 20 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated AUTOCHANGE 4 INTERLOCK 7 2 2 6 21 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated VACON 178 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS AUTOCHANGE 5 INTERLOCK 7 2 2 6 22 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated PID REFERENCE 27 2 2 6 23 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with par D371 READY 67 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 The frequency converter is ready to operate RUN 67 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 The frequency converter operates FAULT 67 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 3 A fault trip has occurred INVERTED FAULT 67 2 3 3 4 2 3 1 4 No fault trip has occurred WARNING 67 2 3 3 5 2 3 1 5 General warning signal EXTERNAL FAULT OR WARNING 67 2 3 3 6 2 3 1 6 Fault or warning depending on par D701 REFERENCE FAULT OR WARNING 67 2 3 3 7 2 3 1
157. clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 156 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Output frequency ID303 y ID320 0 Al1 0 100 ID320 1 ID304 _____ Al1 custom Ali term 2 0 ID321 ID322 100 7114 emf Figure 39 All no signal inversion If this parameter 1 inversion of analogue input signal takes place Max Al1 signal minimum frequency ref Min Al1 signal maximum frequency ref A Output frequency Dae eae Seo eee eee e er eaes ID320 0 Al1 0 100 ID320 1 Ali custom ID304 3 Ali i termin 2 I l gt 0 ID321 ID322 100 7115 emf Figure 40 All signal inversion 324 AI 1 SIGNAL FILTER TIME 34567 2 2 8 2 2 20 2 2 2 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out dis turbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 157 Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 41 Unfiltered signal Filtered signal t s p 7116 emf Figure 41 Al1 signal filtering 325 ANALOGUE INPUT Al 2 SIGNAL RANGE 34567 2 2 10 2 2 22 2 2 3 3 Table 118 Selections for parameter D325 m 0 0 20mA 0 20mA 0 100 100 1 4 20mMA 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100
158. ct s User s Manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 61 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 4 4 OUTPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 3 Table 42 Output signals G2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note spe Analogue output 1 0 1 E10 A1 464 TTF programming method signal selection used See page 72 0 Not used 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O I Mmotor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor P2 3 2 A alogueoutput 0 14 1 307 Motor power 0 P Mmotorl function 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature P23 3 Analogue gutputfiiter 0 00 10 00 1 00 308 0 No filtering time P23 4 Analogue output 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted 2235 Analogue output 0 1 0 310 0 0mA 0V minimum 1 4mA 2V p2 3 6 Analogue output 10 1000 100 311 scale 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 P23 7 Digital output 1 0 23 1 312 11 At speed function 12 Mot regulator active 1
159. cycle 0 150 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2x Iy A ly 710 P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 p2 7 16 Stall frequency 1 0 P21 2 Hz 25 0 712 limit 0 No response Underload protec 1 Warning Bee Wd tion 0 0 ne 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting p2 7 18 ield weakening 10 150 50 714 area load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 p2 7 29 Vnderload protec 2 600 s 20 716 tion time limit 0 No response Response to 1 Warning pe thermistor fault 3 2 132 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Bojan Response to tigla 0 3 2 733 See P2 7 21 bus fault p2 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 fault bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 52 4 4 9 AUTORESTART PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 8 Table 36 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P2 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 S 30 00 718 0 Ramp P2 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 P28 4 Number of tries aner 0 10 0 720 undervoltage trip P28 5 Number of tries auc 0 10 0 721 overvoltage trip
160. d The reverse command has been selected 10 Preset speed 1 Applications 2 The preset speed has been selected with digital input 10 Jogging speed Applications 3456 The jogging speed has been selected with digital input Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 152 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Table 116 Output signals via DO1 and output relays RO1 and RO2 11 At speed Signal content The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated One of the limit regulators e g current limit torque limit is activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 supervision The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameter ID s 315 and 316 below 14 Control from I O terminals Appl 2 14 Output frequency limit 2 supervision Applications 3456 I O control mode selected in menu M3 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameter ID s 346 and 347 below 15 Thermistor fault or warning Appl 2 15 Torque limit supervision Appl 3456 The thermistor input of option board indicates motor overtemperature Fault or warning depending on par ID732 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID348 and ID349 16 Fieldbus DIN1 Application 2 16 Reference limit supervision Fieldbus digital input 1
161. d inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 also for the ter minal number The value 0 1 is also the default value for most of the functions However if you want to use the values of a digital input signal for e g testing purposes only you can set the board slot value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2 10 to place the input to a TRUE state In other words the value 1 corresponds to open contact and values 2 to 10 to closed contact In case of analogue inputs giving the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 0 signal lev el value 2 corresponds to 20 value 3 to 30 and so on Giving value 10 for the terminal number corresponds to 100 signal level Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwir VACON 74 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 5 MASTER FOLLOWER FUNCTION NXP ONLY The Master Follower function is designed for applications in which the system is run by several NXP drives and the motor shafts are coupled to each other via gearing chain belt etc It is recommended that the Closed Loop control mode be used The external Start Stop control signals are connected to the Master drive only Speed and torque references and control modes are selected for each drive separately The Master controls the Fol lower s via a SystemBus The Master station is typically speed controlled and the other drives fol low its torque or spee
162. d reference Torque control of the Follower should be used when the motor shafts of the Master and Follower drives are solidly coupled to each other by gearing a chain etc so that no speed difference between the drives is possible Window control is recommended to keep the speed of the follower close to that of the master Speed control of the Follower should be used when the demand of speed accuracy is lower In such cases use of load drooping is recommended in all drives to balance the load 6 5 1 MASTER FOLLOWER LINK PHYSICAL CONNECTIONS In figures below the master drive is located on the left side and all others are followers The mas ter follower physical link can be built with OPTD2 option board See Vacon Option Board Manual ud00741 for further information 6 5 2 OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION BETWEEN FREQUENCY CONVERTERS WITH OPTD2 The OPTD2 board in the Master has the default jumper selections i e X6 1 2 X5 1 2 For the fol lowers the jumper positions have to be changed X6 1 2 X5 2 3 This board also has a CAN com munication option that is useful for multiple drive monitoring with NCDrive PC software when commissioning Master Follower functions or line systems OPTD2 Jumper X5 TX1 X6 ON OPTD2 Jumper X5 TX2 X6 ON OPTD2 Jumper X5 TX2 X6 ON OPTD2 Jumper X5 TX2 Master Follower Follower SBinUse Yes SBinUse Yes SBinUse Yes SBID 1 SBID 2 SBID SBNextID 2 SBNextID 3 SBNext D SBlasiID
163. de after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter See Chapter 9 4 STALL CURRENT LIMIT 234567 2 7 14 The current can be set to 0 0 2 l4 For a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 71 If parameter ID107 Nominal current limit of motor is changed this parameter is automatically calculated to 90 of the cur rent limit See Chapter 9 4 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 201 NOTE In order to guarantee desired operation this limit must be set below the current limit Stall area Par ID710 i f gt Par ID712 7146 emf Figure 71 Stall characteristics settings 711 STALL TIME 234567 2 7 15 This time can be set between 1 0 and 120 0s This is the maximum time allowed for a stall stage The stall time is counted by an internal up down counter f the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip see D709 See Chapter 9 4 A Stall time counter Trip area Par ID711 Trip warnin P ID709 Time gt a ee e No stall 7147 emf Figure 72 Stall time count Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 202 712 713 714 715 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS STALL FREQUENC
164. djust maximum 0 0 100 0 0 0 495 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 85 6 6 3 2 Analogue input 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 2 Table 62 Analogue input 1 parameters G2 2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 2 1 All signal selection 0 1 E 10 Al agy TE pregrennnnimg see chapter 6 4 P2 2 2 2 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA P2 2 2 3 Al1 signal range 0 3 0 320 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range Al1 custom minimum _ A of input signal range P2 2 2 4 setting 160 00 160 00 0 00 321 e g 3 V 30 p2 2 2 5 Ait custom maximum 160 00 160 00 100 00 322 e g 9 V 90 setting Al1 reference scalin Selects the frequency P2 2 2 6 o 9 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 303 that corresponds to the minimum value min reference signal Ali reference scalin Seetee eguency P2 2 2 7 9 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 that corresponds to the maximum value i max reference signal P2 2 2 8 All joystick hysteresis 0 00 20 00 0 00 384 se zone fonieystick Drive goes to sleep mode P2 2 2 9 Al1 sleep limit 0 00 100 00 0 00 385 if input is below this limit for set time P2 2 2 10 All sleep delay 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 386 Press Enter for 1s to set i 0 P2 2 2 11 All joystick
165. e 7134 emf Figure 59 Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 175 402 403 404 405 406 407 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr SCALING OF TORQUE SUPERVISION LIMIT 6 2 2 6 4 See ID399 The set torque supervision limit can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between 0 and the set supervision limit D349 See Figure 60 Torque A limit 100 Par ID349 Free _ipulpaue gt 7135 emf Figure 60 Reducing torque supervision limit START SIGNAL 16 2 2 7 1 Signal selection 1 for the start stop logic Default programming A 1 START SIGNAL 26 2 2 7 2 Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic Default programming A 2 EXTERNAL FAULT CLOSE 67 2 2 7 11 2 2 6 4 Contact closed Fault F51 is displayed and motor stopped EXTERNAL FAULT OPEN 67 2 2 7 12 2 2 6 5 Contact open Fault F51 is displayed and motor stopped RUN ENABLE 67 2 2 7 3 2 2 6 6 Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled The frequency converter is stopped according to the selected function at par ID506 The follower drive will always coast to stop VACON 176 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS ACCELERATION DECELERATI
166. e Overvoltage F2 e Undervoltage F9 e Frequency converter overtemperature F14 e Motor overtemperature F16 e Reference fault F50 RESPONSE TO THERMISTOR FAULT 234567 2 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection RESPONSE TO FIELDBUS FAULT 234567 2 7 22 Set here the response mode for the fieldbus fault if fieldbus is the active control place For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual See parameter ID732 RESPONSE TO SLOT FAULT 234567 2 7 23 Set here the response mode for a board slot fault due to missing or broken board See parameter ID732 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 207 738 739 740 741 742 743 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER UNDERLOAD FAULT TRIP 2 8 10 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 0 No automatic restart after Underload fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after Underload fault trip NUMBER OF PT1OO INPUTS IN USE 567 2 7 24 PT100 protection function is used to measure temperature and give a warning and or a fault when set limi
167. e field weakening area as a percent age of par 1D613 SPEED CONTROLLER GAIN FO 6 2 6 23 27 The relative gain of the speed controller as a percentage of par ID613 when the speed is below the level defined by ID1300 SPEED CONTROLLER FO POINT 6 2 6 23 26 The speed level in Hz below which the speed controller gain is equal to par ID1299 SPEED CONTROLLER Fl POINT 6 2 6 23 25 The speed level in Hz above which the speed controller gain is equal to par D613 From the speed defined by par ID1300 to speed defined by par ID1301 the speed controller gain changes linearly from par ID1299 to ID613 and vice versa WINDOW POSITIVE 6 2 10 12 Defines the size of window to positive direction from the final speed reference bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 229 1305 1306 1307 1311 1382 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr WINDOW NEGATIVE 6 2 10 11 Defines the size of window to negative direction from the final speed reference WINDOW POSITIVE OFF LIMIT 6 2 10 14 Defines speed controller positive off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to window WINDOW NEGATIVE OFF LIMIT 6 2 10 13 Defines speed controller negative off limit when the speed controller brings speed back to window SPEED ERROR FILTER TC 6 2 6 23 33 Filter time constant for speed refere
168. e minimum and maximum limits for the PID controller output Limit setting 1600 0 of fmax lt par ID359 lt par ID360 lt 1600 0 of f These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain l time and D time for the PID controller FREE ANALOGUE INPUT SIGNAL SELECTION 34 2 2 20 2 2 17 Selection of input signal of a free analogue input an input not used for reference signal 0 Not in use 1 Analogue input 1 A11 2 Analogue input 2 AI2 FREE ANALOGUE INPUT FUNCTION 34 2 2 21 2 2 18 This parameter is used for selecting a function for a free analogue input signal 0 Function is not in use 1 Reduces motor current limit ID107 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 165 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with ID107 See Figure 47 Torque limit 100 Par ID107 Analogue input OV Signal range 10V 20 mA 0 mA 50 mA 4 mA m Custom Custom 7122 emf Figure 47 Scaling of max motor current 2 Reduces DC braking current DC braking current can be reduced with the free analogue input signal between zero current and the current set with the parameter ID507 See Figure 48 DC braking current 100 Par ID507 Free analogue input Signal range g 9 7123 emf Figure 48 Reduction of DC braking current Phone 800 894 041
169. e oe ewe alee PAO ec se lewd da E 116 7 5 3 1 Basic Settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 1 ccccccccccsccsecsscssesseceessetseeseenseees 116 7 5 3 2 Analogue input 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 2 ccccccccsccesccsecssessesseceessetaeees 117 7 5 3 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 3 cccccccccccccsccsecsscssesseceessetaeees 118 7 5 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 cccccccccscccsccsecsecssessecseeeeeeees 118 7 5 3 5 Analogue input 4 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 5 cccccccccccccccsccsecssecsececssesseens 118 7 5 3 6 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 G2 2 4 oo cccccccccccessecsscsecssececseesseeeeeenes 119 PB Ax OULDUE SIGN AUS vse reece ah foes ewtety E pad ctadiebocdicaced fates decodes gh we divvid ass teee hele 120 7 5 4 1 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 ccccccccccscceececsecssessetseees 120 7 5 4 2 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 ccccccccccssessecsecsseesecesneceseeeenes 121 7 5 4 3 Analogue output 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 3 o ccccccececesccsseesecseessesseeseens 122 7 5 4 4 Analogue output 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 o cccccececcscceeeeseeseessesseeaeens 122 7 5 4 5 Analogue output 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 o ccccccccccsecsecsecsseseeseeneeees 123 7 5 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 oseese 124 7 5 6 Prohibit freq
170. e of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps A UV ah Default Nominal efault Nomina ID603 voltage of the motor Default Nominal frequency of the y motor Hz 7097 emf Figure 22 Linear and squared change of motor voltage Programmable U f curve 2 The U f curve can be programmed with three different points Zero frequency voltage P1 Midpoint voltage frequency P2 and Fieldweakening point P3 Programmable U f curve can be used if more torque is needed at low frequencies The optimal settings can automatically be achieved with Motor identification run 1D631 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 133 Default Nominal ic voltage of the motor Field weakening point Default Nominal frequency of the motor fLHz 7098 emf Figure 23 Programmable U f curve Linear with flux optimisation 3 The frequency converter starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy and to lower the motor noise This function can be used in applications such as fans pumps etc 109 U F OPTIMISATION 2 13 2 6 2 Automatic torque boost The voltage to the motor changes in proportion to required torque which makes the motor produce more torque at start and when running at low frequencies Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting fric
171. e page Page 224 NEGATIVE TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 6 23 21 POSITIVE TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 6 23 22 Defines the torque limit for positive and negative directions bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 197 649 650 654 655 656 662 664 665 667 668 669 670 700 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr PMS MOTOR ZERO SHAFT POSITION 6 2 6 24 4 Identified zero shaft position Updated during encoder identification run with an ab solute encoder MOTOR TYPE 6 2 6 24 1 Select used motor type with this parameter 0 Induction motor 1 Permanent magnet synchronous motor ENABLE RS IDENTIFICATION 6 2 6 24 5 With this parameter its possible to disable Rs identification during DC brake start The parameter default value is 1 Yes MODULATION LIMIT 6 2 6 23 34 This parameter can be used to control how the drive modulates the output voltage Reducing this value limits the maximum output voltage If a sinusoidal filter is used set this parameter to 96 LOAD DROOPING TIME 6 2 6 18 This function is used in order to achieve a dynamic speed drooping because of changing load The parameter defines the time during which the speed is restored to the level it was before the load increase MEASURED VOLTAGE DROP 6 2 6 25 16 The measured voltage drop at stator resistance between two phas
172. e trip 0 10 0 723 P28 8 Number of tries Se ee 0 10 0 726 P2 8 9 Number of tries after external fault trip 0 10 0 725 P2 8 10 Number of tries after underload fault 0 10 0 738 trip 2 4 10 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s User s Manual Table 15 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 1 1 0 terminal P3 1 Control place 1 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus R3 2 Keypad reference P2 1 1 P2 1 2 Hz P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse R34 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 23 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 11 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s User s Manual 2 4 12 EXPANDER BOARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information see the product s User s Manual
173. e voltage at the field weakening point ID603 to 100 U motor Note also used connection Delta Star NOMINAL FREQUENCY OF THE MOTOR 2 7 2 1 7 Find this value f on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the field weakening point ID602 to the same value NOMINAL SPEED OF THE MOTOR 2 8 2 1 8 Find this value n on the rating plate of the motor NOMINAL CURRENT OF THE MOTOR 2 9 2 1 9 Find this value l on the rating plate of the motor If magnetization current is pro vided set also par ID612 before making the Identification run NXP only STOP BUTTON ACTIVATED 3 4 3 6 If you wish to make the Stop button a hotspot which always stops the drive re gardless of the selected control place give this parameter the value 1 See also parameter ID125 l O FREQUENCY REFERENCE SELECTION 12346 2 14 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the I O control place Table 109 Selections for parameter D117 0 Analogue input 1 Al1 Analogue input 1 Al1 See ID377 1 Anlogue input 2 AI2 Anlogue input 2 Al2 See 1ID388 2 Keypad reference Menu M3 Al1 Al2 3 Fieldbus reference Al1 Al2 4 Potentiometer reference Al2 Al1 Application 3 only 5 Al1 AI2 6 Al joystick 7 Al2 joystick bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 135 Ta
174. eb www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 189 519 520 521 530 531 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr fout Hz Par ID518 0 2 Par ID510 ID512 ID514 a Par ID509 Par ID518 1 2 ID511 1ID513 Time s 7143 emf Figure 68 Ramp speed scaling between prohibit frequencies FLUX BRAKING CURRENT 234567 2 4 13 Defines the flux braking current value The value setting range depends on the used application FLUX BRAKE 234567 2 4 12 Instead of DC braking flux braking is a useful way to raise the braking capacity in cases where additional brake resistors are not needed When braking is needed the frequency is reduced and the flux in the motor is in creased which in turn increases the motor s capability to brake Unlike DC brak ing the motor speed remains controlled during braking The flux braking can be set ON or OFF 0 Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON NOTE Flux braking converts the energy into heat at the motor and should be used intermittently to avoid motor damage MOTOR CONTROL MODE 26 2 6 12 With this parameter you can set another motor control mode Which mode is used is determined with parameter D164 For the selections see parameter ID600 NOTE Motor control mode can not be changed from Open Loop to Closed Loop and vice versa while the drive is in RUN state NCHI NG REFERE
175. ecr val 0 Not used P2 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P2611 Undervoltage control 0 1 1 608 0 Not used ler 1 Used P2 6 12 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 0 No action P2 6 13 Identification 0 1 2 0 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run pone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 50 Table 34 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 2x ly A 0 00 612 P2 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 1 1000 30 613 P2 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 3200 0 ms 30 0 614 p2 6 14 5 Acceleration compen oog 300 00 0 00 626 sation P2 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 100 619 P2 6 14 7 Magnetizing current at 0 00 N A 0 00 627 start preted Magnetizing time at o 60000 ms 0 628 start P2 6 14 9 O speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P2 6 14 10 O speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 0 Not used P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 poy d Torgue memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 0 0 633 P2 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 ms 0 0 618 P2 6 14 17 C
176. ed Place B is active I 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V l i c 18 AO1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 1 l 19 A01 Output frequency READY E Programmable P2 3 2 i 20 D01 Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC anhs PERE READY i i Programmable P2 3 7 OPTA2 i l 21 RO1 Relay output 1 RUN i a U RUN taaa Q POSE ee 73 ROT Programmable P2 3 8 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 7 FAULT 26 RO2 Programmable P2 3 9 Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding ee CMB connected to GND ee CMA connected to GND Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s Manual ee CMB isolated from GND ele CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7078 emf Figure 5 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 26 3 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN LOCAL REMOTE APPLICATION Alt Al2 D amp DINIG DIN2 DIN4 DIN5 DIN3 2 1 14 Fieldbus Ctrl reference 2 1 13 Keypad Ctrl reference 2 1 12 I O B reference 2 1 11 I O A reference R3 2 Keypad reference Down Motor potentiomete r 2 1 15 Jogging speed ref 3 1 Control place Internal i i i i I 1 i i 1 I
177. ee the product s user s manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 53 PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 PID CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF05 5 1 INTRODUCTION Select the PID Control Application in menu M6 on page 56 2 In the PID Control Application there are two I O terminal control places place A is the PID control ler and source B is the direct frequency reference The control place A or B is selected with digital input DIN6 The PID controller reference can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motorised poten tiometer enabling the PID Reference 2 or applying the control keypad reference The PID controller actual value can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus the actual values of the motor or through the mathematical functions of these The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The PID Application is typically used to control level measuring or pumps and fans In these appli cations the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measuring and controlling package where no additional components are needed e Digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN5 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit superv
178. eeceeeeeeteeeeeeeees 72 6 4 2 Defining a terminal for a certain function with NCDrive programming tool 73 6 4 3 Defining unused INPUTS CUE BUTS lt carivasecs dsesiiledas asceadietacdecrustteq lt dcans teen sadcuatwanedacesseuecitedesd 73 6 5 Master Follower function NXP Ori ly vrcihs otidead apetieestad anreatedeosehduidectay Linda edllenct 74 6 5 1 Master Follower link physical CONMECtIONS cecccecceeceseeeeeeeeceeeseeseeceesaeeaeseeeaeeseesees 74 6 5 2 Optical fibre connection between frequency converters with OPTD2 0 ceeee 74 6 6 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter lists 0 cccesseccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 75 6 6 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 u ccececsccccesccsccsscceccscessecsecseesaesaseseeneens 75 6 6 1 1 Digital input statuses ID15 and ID16 ooo cece cece cece eee ceeeeceeaeeeesesseseeeeeeseseeeees 77 6 6 1 2 Digital input statuses ID56 and ID57 ooo eee cecececceee cece aeeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeceeeeeeeesesenteees 78 G6 ids Feared V1 TID nioacG oi esi weusbussetejalse Pads a a ea aean 78 GOs bet WO Z IDTTS aa sbtcddhiea o ea te hese aye de deteen te das hceeh aaa 79 6 6215 Warning Word DIT 74s zee n nie N e a on aeeie a d e 79 6 6 1 6 SystemBus Status Word ID1601 c ce ceccececeeceeneceeeeeeceneeeeeeeeseeaeeeeesesnaeeeeeeeesseeees 79 6 6 1 7 Follower drive Status WOR c6 otk on i Cee acuta tes Aus Gah erec idl aecsoeeelden eo tad aan tienes 80
179. eed functions parameters ID41 ID420 and ID421 Table 111 Preset speeds 1 to 7 DIN4 ID419 DIN5 ID420 DIN6 ID421 Basic speed 0 0 0 Preset speed 1 1D105 Preset speed 2 1D106 Preset speed 3 1D126 Preset speed 4 1D127 Preset speed 5 1D128 Preset speed 6 1D129 o o oOo 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 Preset speed 7 1D130 See also parameter ID s 105 and 106 Parameter value is automatically limited to maximum frequency ID102 1 O FREQUENCY REFERENCE SELECTION PLACE B3 2 1 12 See the values of the parameter ID117 above PID CONTROLLER D TIME 57 2 1 14 The parameter 1D132 defines the derivation time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 00 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PI controller See examples below Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the frequency con verter output behaves as follows Given values VACON 138 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS P2 1 12 P 0 P2 1 13 l time 1 00 s P2 1 14 D time 0 00 sMin freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 00 Max freq 50 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as l controller only According to the given value of parameter
180. ence value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332 2 PID REFERENCE 2 57 3 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0 and 100 This ref erence is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed FIELDBUS DIN 4 FBFIXEDCONTROLWORD BIT 6 6 2 3 3 27 FIELDBUS DIN 5 FBFIXEDCONTROLWORD BIT 7 6 2 3 3 28 The data from the fieldbus can be led to the digital outputs of the frequency con verter See the used fieldbus manual for more details SCALING OF MOTORING POWER LIMIT 6 2 2 6 7 The motoring power limit is equal to 1 D1289 if value 0 Not used is selected If any of the inputs is selected the motoring power limit is scaled between zero and parameter 1D1289 This parameter is available for NXP closed loop control mode only 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB Limit Scaling ID46 monitoring value START STOP LOGIC SELECTION 2346 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 0 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function FWD frequency _ ID506 coasting 7102 emf Figure 27 Start forward Start reverse pone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 143 The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN1 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change O If Start forward DIN1 and Start reverse DIN
181. ency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1Hz below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxiliary drive See Figure 76 START FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 27 2 9 4 STOP FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 27 2 9 5 START FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 37 2 9 6 STOP FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 37 2 9 7 START FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 47 2 9 8 STOP FREQUENCY AUXILIARY DRIVE 47 2 9 9 See ID s 1002 and 1003 START DELAY OF AUXILIARY DRIVES 7 2 9 10 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain above the start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this pa rameter before the auxiliary drive is started The delay defined applies to all auxil iary drives This prevents unnecessary starts caused by momentary start limit exceedings See Figure 76 STOP DELAY OF AUXILIARY DRIVES 7 2 9 11 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain be low the stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter be fore the drive is stopped The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary stops caused by momentary falls below the stop limit See Figure 76 Output frequency Output frequency Start freq of
182. ency reference If the desti nation place is Keypad the run status Run Stop Direction and Reference will be copied The changeover is smooth when the reference of the destination source comes from the Keypad or an internal motor potentiometer par D332 PID Ref 2 or 4 1ID343 1 0 B Ref 2 or 4 par 1D121 Keypad Ref 2 or 4 and ID122 Fieldbus Ref 2 or 4 MOTOR POTENTIOMETER MEMORY RESET FREQUENCY REFERENCE 3567 2 2 23 2 2 28 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 16 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown MOTOR POTENTI OMETER MEMORY RESET PI D REFERENCE 57 2 2 29 2 2 1 17 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown PID REFERENCE 2 PLACE A ADDITIONAL REFERENCE 7 2 2 1 4 If the P D reference 2 enable input function ID330 TRUE this parameter defines which reference place is selected as PID controller reference 0 All reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 1 Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer 2 Al3 reference 3 Al4 reference 4 PID reference 1 from keypad 5 Reference from Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 see Chapter 9 6 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad If value 6 is selected for this parameter the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and ID418 SUPERVISED ANALOGUE INPUT 7 2 3 2 13 0 Analogue input 1
183. er ID346 See Figure 37 TORQUE LIMIT SUPERVISION FUNCTION 34567 2 3 14 2 3 4 5 2 3 2 5 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control Application 6 only see Chapter 9 1 on Page 230 If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID349 this func tion generates a message through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the torque limit supervision signal par D451 is connected ap plications 6 and 7 TORQUE LIMIT SUPERVISION VALUE 34567 2 3 15 2 3 4 6 2 3 2 6 Set here the torque value to be supervised by parameter ID348 Applications 3 and 4 Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with external free an alogue input signal selection and selected function see parameters ID361 and ID362 REFERENCE LIMIT SUPERVISION FUNCTION 34567 2 3 16 2 3 4 7 2 3 2 7 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID351 this function gen erates a warning through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the reference limit supervision signal par ID449 is connected applications 6 and 7 The supervised reference is the current active reference It can be place A or B ref erence depend
184. er ID508 A fout fn fn Output frequency See Motor speed Sg Output frequency Ny Motor speed DC braking ON 0 1 x fn eee i DC braking ON a t 1 x Par ID508 gt le gt t 0 1 x Par ID508 RUN RUN STOP STOP 7140 emf Figure 65 DC braking time when Stop mode Coasting Par ID506 1 Stop function Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set de celeration parameters as fast as possible to the speed defined with parameter 1D515 where the DC braking starts The braking time is defined with parameter ID508 If high inertia exists it is recom mended to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration See Figure 66 Motor speed Output frequency DC braking par ID515 gt t Par ID508 RUN STOP 7141 emf Figure 66 DC braking time when Stop mode Ramp 509 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY AREA 1 LOW LIMIT 23457 2 5 1 510 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY AREA 1 HIGH LIMIT 23457 2 5 2 511 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY AREA 2 LOW LIMIT 3457 2 5 3 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 188 512 513 514 515 516 518 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS PROHIBIT FREQUENCY AREA 2 HIGH LIMIT 3457 2 5 4 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY AREA 3 LOW LIMIT 3457 2 5 5 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY AREA 3 HIGH LIMIT 3457 2 5 6 In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of me
185. er Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Linear P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 1 500 gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape o0 100 s 0 0 501 05 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 0 Disabled 1 Used when running P24 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp P2 4 6 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7xly 507 P2 4 9 DE Braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC P2 4 10 braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop pamit Peeking ame 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P2 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 aed 1 On P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 IL A ly 519 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 125 7 5 6 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 5 Table 102 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 5 1 Prohibit freq
186. es with the nom inal current of the motor This parameter is identified during the ID run Set this value to gain the optimum torque calculation for Open Loop low frequencies IR ADD ZERO POINT VOLTAGE 6 2 6 25 17 Defines how much voltage is applied to motor at zero speed when torque boost is used IR ADD GENERATOR SCALE 6 2 6 25 19 Scaling factor for generator side R compensation when torque boost is used IR ADD MOTORING SCALE 6 2 6 25 20 Scaling factor for motoring side IR compensation when torque boost is used IU OFFSET 6 2 6 25 21 IV OFFSET 6 2 6 25 22 IW OFFSET 6 2 6 25 23 Offset values for phase current measurement Identified during ID run RESPONSE TO THE 4MA REFERENCE FAULT 234567 2 7 1 0 No response 1 Warning VACON 198 701 702 703 704 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 2 Warning the frequency from 10 seconds back is set as reference 3 Warning the 4mA fault frequency par ID728 is set as reference 4 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 5 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference sig nal is used and the signal falls below 3 0 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and re lay outputs RO1 and RO2 RESPONSE TO EXTERNAL FAULT 234567 2 7 3 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after f
187. ested when running Can be tested also in READY state 2 External brake chopper no testing 3 Used and tested in READY state and when running 4 Used when running no testing When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor the inertia of the motor and the load are fed into an external brake resistor This enables the frequency converter to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provid ed that the correct brake resistor has been selected The brake chopper test mode generates a pulse to the resistor every second If the pulse feedback is wrong resistor or chopper is missing fault F12 is generated See separate Brake resistor installation manual START FUNCTION 2 4 6 Ramp 0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times Flying start 1 The frequency converter is able to start into a running motor by applying small current pulses to motor and searching for the frequency corre sponding to the speed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is g
188. eter Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr 2 wire VACON 106 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 2 CONTROL I 0 Table 87 Pump and fan control application default I O configuration and connection example with 2 wire transmitter Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ OPTA1 Permit Spot aan ees Nise 1 10V ef Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc l ESVE Al1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 PID reference from 0 i 2 Voltage range 0 10V DC Default reference from keypad P3 4 3 Al1 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 PID actual value 1 5 Al2 Current range 0O 20mA Programmable P2 2 1 9 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls Place A Start Stop Start signal for control place A 8 DIN1 Programmable G2 2 6 PID Controller 9 DIN2 Interlock 1 Contact closed Interlock used Programmable G2 2 6 Contact open Interlock not used 10 DIN3 Interlock 2 Contact closed Interlock used Programmable G2 2 6 Contact open Interlock not used 1 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V Sete ee ee 2 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 e 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls i _ Pa z i __ 14 DIN4 Place B Start Stop Contact
189. evet 2 117 _ P 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level 2 1 17 P2 1 19 Jogging speed 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 reference bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 58 5 4 3 INPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 2 Table 41 Input signals G2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Not used 1 External fault cc 2 External fault oc 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time selection 5 CP I O terminal ID125 6 CP Keypad ID125 P22 1 ans i 13 1 319 7 _ CP Fieldbus ID125 8 Forward Reverse 9 Jogging frequency cc 10 Fault reset cc 11 Acc Dec prohibit cc 12 DC braking command 13 Motor pot UP cc See above except DING function 0 13 10 301 43 Motor pot DOWN cc See above except DINS function 0 13 9 a 13 Enable PID reference 2 0 Direct PID output value 1 Al1 PID output 2 Al2 PID output f 3 Al3 PID output pgg PO eem pointrefer g 7 0 376 4 Al4 PID output EE 5 PID keypad PID output 6 Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 7 Mot pot PID output 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 P225 1 0 B Ea selec 0 7 1 343 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller Keypad control refer 2 2 6 0 7 4 121 As in P2 2 5 ence selection Ez
190. fault re occur contact watchdog fault component failure es the distributor near to you Start up of the drive has been prevented Cancel prevention of start up if this 26 Start up prevented Run request in ON when new application can be done safely Remove Run request Check motor cooling and loading Check thermistor connection If thermistor input of the option board is not in use it has to be short circuited Cancel Safe Disable if this can be S1 Unknown device S2 Power1not same type as Power2 30 Safe disable The input on OPTAF board has opened done safely IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge overtemperature Check loading 31 hardware protection has detected too high a short Check motor size term overload current Make identification run Cooling fan of the frequency converter 32 Fan cooling does not start when ON command is Contact the distributor near to you given Ensure that there is another device 34 CAN bus commu Sent message not acknowledged on the bus with the same configura nication tion Contact your distributor If you are 35 Application Problem in application software application programmer check the application program 36 Control unit ve cone Ubitcan MOT cenu OC NAP Change control unit Power Unit and vice versa Device changed SO eeu Me f Reset Device is ready for use 37 Same type of board or same power rating i same type Old parame
191. function 1019 WAKE UP FUNCTI ON 57 2 1 18 This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level par D1018 See Fig ure 78and Figure 79 on Page 213 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 1020 VACON 213 The application 5 has selections 0 1 and application 7 selections 0 3 available 2 Wake up happens when actual value Wake up happens when actual value goes below the limit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit goes below the limit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit value The limit defined with parameter 1ID1018 is in per cent of the maxi mum actual value The limit defined with parameter 1ID1018 is in per cent of the maxi mum actual value The limit defined with parameter ID1018 is in per cent of the cur rent value of the reference signal The limit defined with parameter 1ID1018 is in per cent of the current value of the refer ence signal Actual value signal Par ID1018 30 time Actual value signal Par ID1018 60 Actual value signal reference 50 Par ID1018 60 limit 60 reference 30 Actual value signal Par ID1018 140 limit 140 reference 70 eference 50 7154 emf Figure 79 Selectable wake up functions PI D CONTROLLER BYP
192. gnals come from the mo tor switches The signals functions are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as in terlock inputs using the corresponding parameters The pump and fan control automatics only control the motors with active interlock data The interlock data can be used even when the Autochange function is not activated If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is inactivated and another unused auxiliary drive avail able the latter will be put to use without stopping the frequency converter If the interlock of the controlled drive is inactivated all motors will be stopped and re started with the new set up If the interlock is re activated in Run status the automatics functions according to parame ter 2 9 23 nterlock selection 0 Not used 1 Update in stop Interlocks are used The new drive will be placed last in the autochange line without stop ping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Stop amp Update Interlockings are used The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 See Chapter 7 4 3 Examples bone 800 894 0412
193. he aim to find as good parameter values as possible for most drives The automatic motor identification calculates or measures the motor parameters that are needed for optimum motor and speed control 0 No action No identification requested 1 Identification without motor run The drive is run without speed to identify the motor parameters The motor is sup plied with current and voltage but with zero frequency U f ratio is identified bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 195 633 634 636 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr 2 Identification with motor run NXP only The drive is run with speed to identify the motor parameters U f ratio and magne tization current are identified NOTE This identification run must be performed with no load on the motor shaft for accurate results 3 Encoder identification run Identifies the shaft zero position when using PMS motor with absolute encoder 4 Reserved 5 Identification failed This value is stored if identification fails The basic motor name plate data has to be set correctly before performing the identification run ID110Nominal voltage of the motor P2 1 6 ID111Nominal frequency of the motor P2 1 7 ID112Nominal speed of the motor P2 1 8 1D113Nominal current of the motor P2 1 9 ID120Motor cos phi P2 1 10 When in cl
194. he frequency that cor responds to the max refer ence signal 0 00 No scaling 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Reference scaling 0 00 P2 2 5 t maximum value 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 305 P2 2 6 Reference inversion 0 1 0 P2 2 7 Reference filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 306 0 No filtering TTF programming method P2 2 8 used See page 72 Al1 signal selection Al Su TTF programming method P2 2 9 used See page 72 Al2 signal selection A2 388 Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User Manual Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 17 STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 4 OUTPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 3 Table 9 Output signals G2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Analogue output 1 signal 464 TTF programming method P2 3 1 A 0 A selection used See page 72 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq 0O f 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0O Motor i nominal speed P2 3 2 Analogue output function 0 8 1 307 4 Motor current 0 lnMotor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V P2 3 3 Analogue output filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308
195. he main drive decreases speed to the set Stop frequency The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc according to P2 9 23 8 If still more power is needed the main drive speed rises up to the maximum frequency placing 100 of the output power in the system s disposal When the need of power decreases the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite or der 2 3 1 after the update 3 2 1 Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and autochange The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used In addition to the changed and up dated start order also the change order of main drives depends on parameter 2 9 23 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 112 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Interlocks Interlock 4 BS Interlock 3 S Interlock 2 SFF 5 7 Interlock 1 9 Relay on control Aux 1 2and 3 Start frequency Main drive output freq Aux 1 2and 3 Stop frequency NN aaa Wl phe es es ee el PID output a Aux drive 2 T P15 Aux drive 3 1 Aux drive 1 t 7094 emf Figure 19 Example of the function of the PFC application with three aux drives bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 113 7095 emf
196. high a filter time reduces speed control stability See Chapter 9 2 CL SLIP ADJ UST 6 2 6 23 6 The motor name plate speed is used to calculate the nominal slip This value is used to adjust the voltage of motor when loaded The name plate speed is some times a little inaccurate and this parameter can therefore be used to trim the slip Reducing the slip adjust value increases the motor voltage when the motor is load ed Value 100 corresponds to nominal slip at nominal load See Chapter 9 2 LOAD DROOPING 23456 2 6 12 2 6 15 The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load This parameter sets that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor E g if load drooping is set to 10 using motor with a nominal frequency of 50 Hz and the motor is loaded with nominal load 100 of torque the output frequency is allowed to decrease 5 Hz from the frequency reference This feature is used e g when load is needed to balance motors that are mechanically connected VACON 194 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 621 CL STARTUP TORQUE 6 2 6 23 11 Choose here the startup torque Torque Memory is used in crane applications Startup Torque FWD REV can be used in other applications to help the speed controller See Chapter 9 2 0 Not Used 1 TorqMemory Motor will be started at the same torque as it was stopped at 2 Torque Ref Torque reference is used at start for the startup torque 3 Torque forward Torque
197. ich the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between dif ferent motor manufacturers The default value varies from size to size VACON 200 708 709 710 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS If the motor s t time t is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known given by the motor manufacturer the time con stant parameter can be set basing on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes equals to 2xt If the drive is in stop stage the time constant Is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling in the stop stage is based on convection and the time constant is increased See also Figure 70 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MOTOR DUTY CYCLE 234567 2 7 12 The value can be set to 0 150 See Chapter 9 3 Setting value to 130 means that the nominal temperature will be reached with 130 of motor nominal current Motor temperature sn 105 7 te aa oe Fault warning par ID704 2 Sen tar Time constant T Motor temperature 1 17 Xx 1 e 7 Time Changes by motor size and adjusted with parameter ID707 7145 emf Figure 70 Motor temperature calculation STALL PROTECTION 234567 2 7 13 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mo
198. ignal Table 114 Parameter 1D307 selections Applic 1to4 5 and 7 Sel 0 Not used Not used Not used 1 Output freq 0 f max Output freq O f Output freq O f 3 2 Freq reference O f Freq reference O f 3 Freq reference 0 f 3 3 Motor speed 0O Motor Motor speed O Motor Motor speed O Motor nominal speed nominal speed nominal speed 4 Output current 0 lamotor Output current 0 laMotor Output current 0 l motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor Motor torque 0 T motor Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power O P motor Motor power 0 P motor Motor power O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor Motor voltage 0 U motor Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V DC link volt 0O 1000V DC link volt 0O 1000V 9 PID controller ref value All 10 PID contr act value 1 Al2 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 149 Table 114 Parameter D307 selections Applic 1to4 5 and 7 Sel 11 PID contr act value 2 Output freq fmin fmax 12 PID contr error value Motor torque 2 2xTNmot 13 PID controller output Motor power 2 2xT mot 14 PT100 temperature PT100 temperature 15 FB analogue output ProcessData4 NXS 308 ANALOGUE OUTPUT FILTER TIME 234567 2 3
199. imum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 147 NOTE This scaling does not affect the fieldbus reference scaled between Mini mum frequency par 1D101 and Maximum frequency par 1D102 Output frequency Max freq ID102 Min freq ID101 Analogue 0 input V gt 4 Output frequency Max freq ID102 Analogue input V gt 7106 emf Figure 31 Left Reference scaling Right No scaling used par D303 0 305 REFERENCE INVERSION 2 Inverts reference signal 2 2 6 Max input signal Min freq reference Min input signal Max freq reference 0 No inversion 1 Reference inverted 4 Output frequency Max freq ID102 Min freq ID101 Analogue input a 0 7107 emf Figure 32 Reference invert Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 148 306 307 REFERENCE FILTER TIME 2 2 2 7 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Filters out disturbances from the analogue input signals Al1 and Al2 Long filtering time makes regulation response slower Unfiltered signal Filtered signal Figure 33 Reference filtering ANALOGUE OUTPUT FUNCTION 7108 emf 2 16 2 3 2 2 3 5 2 2 3 3 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output s
200. in history pele fault i 0 yet 1 Fault not stored P2 7 6 Output phase supervision 0 3 2 702 0 No response P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 2 703 1 Warning F 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 Thermal protection of the P2 7 8 See 0 3 2 704 3 Fault stop by coasting pano Moter ambient tempera agon 1000 lt 6 705 ture factor P2 7 10 Motor cooling factor at zero 0 0 150 0 o 40 0 706 speed PONT i ars NARR come NT ig 200 min Varies 707 stant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 150 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2x ly A ly 710 P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 24 Protections G2 7 VACON 36 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 P2 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 0 No response P2 7 17 Underload protection 0 3 0 713 k eee ETE 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 18 Field weakening area load 10 150 50 714 P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 P2 7 20 Underload protection time 2 400 20 716 limit 0 No response peal eee p 3 132 3 eee acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 22 Response to fieldbus fault 0 3 2
201. ing contact oc opening contact Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 120 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 4 OUTPUT SIGNALS 7 5 4 1 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See Chapter 6 4 Table 96 Output signals Digital outputs Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2 3 1 1 Ready 0 1 0 1 432 Ready to run P2 3 1 2 Run 0 1 0 1 433 Running P2 3 1 3 Fault 0 1 A 1 434 Drive in Fault state P2 3 1 4 Inverted fault 0 1 0 1 435 Drive not in Fault state P2 3 1 5 Warning 0 1 0 1 436 Warning active P2 3 1 6 External fault 0 1 0 1 437 External fault active P2 3 1 7 Reena aut 0 1 0 1 438 4 mA fault active warning P2 3 1 8 Overtemperature 0 1 0 1 439 Drive overtemperature active warning P2 3 1 9 Reverse 0 1 0 1 440 Output frequency lt 0 Hz P2 3 1 10 Unrequested direction 0 1 0 1 441 Ref lt gt Output frequency P2 3 1 11 At speed 0 1 0 1 442 Ref Output frequency P2 3 1 12 Jogging speed 0 1 0 1 443 ee SpRedcom P2 3 1 13 External control place 0 1 0 1 444 10 control active P2 3 1 14 External brake control 0 1 0 1 445 See explanations on page P2 3 1 15 External brake control 0 1 0 1 446 inverted p2 3 1 16 OVtput frequency limit 1 super a 0 1 447 See 1D315 vision p2 3 1 17 OVt
202. ing on DIN6 input I O reference panel reference or fieldbus refer ence REFERENCE LIMIT SUPERVISION VALUE 34567 2 3 17 2 3 4 8 2 3 2 8 The frequency value to be supervised with the parameter ID350 Give the value in percent of the scale between the minimum and maximum frequencies bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 163 352 EXTERNAL BRAKE OFF DELAY 34567 2 3 18 2 3 4 9 2 3 2 9 353 EXTERNAL BRAKE ON DELAY 34567 2 3 19 2 3 4 10 2 3 2 10 The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals with these parameters See Figure 45 and Chapter 9 1 on Page 230 The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see parameters ID312 to 1D314 applications 3 4 5 or ID445 applications 6 and 7 The brake on delay is ignored when the unit is reaching a stop state after a rampdown or if stopped by coasting a b tore ID352 toy ID353 tore ID352 toy Par ID353 External External BRAKE OFF i DO1 RO1 BRAKE OFF DO1 RO1 ON i RO2 ON i RO2 i i r j DIN1 RUN FWD DIN1 START STOP PULSE DIN2 RUN REV STOP DIN2 STOP PULSE t gt 7120 emf Figure 45 External brake control a Start Stop logic selection D300 0 1 or 2 b Start Stop logic selection D300 3 354 FREQUENCY CONVERTER TEMPERATURE LIM
203. inputs are programmable you first have to assign two DINs for the Preset Speed functions parameters ID419 and ID420 Table 108 Preset speed Preset speed 1 DIN4 ID419 Preset speed 2 DIN5 ID420 Basic reference 0 0 1ID105 1 0 ID106 0 1 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 132 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 107 CURRENT LIMIT 2 5 2 1 5 This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the frequency con verter The parameter value range differs from size to size When the current limit is changed the stall current limit ID710 is internally calculated to 90 of current limit When the current limit is active the drive output frequency is decreased NOTE This is not an overcurrent trip limit 108 U F RATIO SELECTION 234567 2 6 3 Linear The voltage of the motor changes linearly as a function of output frequency from 0 zero frequency voltage ID606 to the field weakening point FWP voltage 1D603 at FWP frequency ID602 This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared The voltage of the motor changes from zero point voltage ID606 following a 1 squared curve form from zero to the field weakening point ID602 The motor runs undermagnetised below the field weakening point and produces less torque Squared U f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand is proportional to the squar
204. int l ogari paat e a000 604 frequency 9 p2 6 7 U fcurvemidpoint dog 190 00 100 00 605 0X Unmot voltage Parameter max value P2 6 5 p2 4 8 OVtputvoltageatzero oog 40 00 varies 606 n x Unmot frequency P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See 8 14 for exact values 0 Not used P2 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used p2 6 11 Undervoltage control o 2 1 608 1 Used no ramping ler i 2 Used ramping to zero oes Teer contre 0 4 2 521 See P2 6 1 mode 2 eee alee ee oN vee 0 32767 3000 637 P gain open loop pasail enw comer 0 32767 300 638 gain open loop P2 6 15 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 96 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 77 Motor control parameters Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No action 1 Identification w o run P2 6 16 Identification 0 1 3 0 631 Additionally for NXP 2 Identification with run 3 Encoder ID Run PMSM NXP drives only P2 6 17 Restart delay 0 000 65 535 s Varies 1424 OL delay for coasting stop P2 6 18 Load drooping time 0 32000 ms 0 656 For dynamic changes P2 6 19 Negative frequency 320 00 Hz 320 00
205. ion 3 8 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference DI N3 FUNCTION 12345 2 17 2 2 2 0 Not used 1 External fault closing contact Fault is shown and responded to according to ID701 2 External fault opening contact Fault is shown and responded to according to 1D701 when the input is not active 3 Run enable contact open Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped READY signal is set to FALSE contact closed Motor start enabled Application 1 4 Run enablecontact open Motor start enabled contact closed Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Applications 2 to 5 4 Acc Deccontact open Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected time select contact closed Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected 5 Closing contact Force control place to I 0 terminal 6 Closing contact Force control place to keypad 7 Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID117 1D121 and ID122 NOTE The value of parameter D125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DINGS opens the control place is selected according to parameter 3 1 VACON 146 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Applications 2 to 5 8 Reversecontact open Forward Can be used for reversi
206. ision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sum point frequency addition to PID output The PID controller can additionally be used from control places 1 0 B keypad and fieldbus Easy ChangeOver function Sleep function The parameters of the PID Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The ex planations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION 5 2 CONTROL I 0 VACON 54 Table 38 PID application default I O configuration with 2 wire transmitter Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ OPTA1 Terminal jamas 1 10V Reference output Description en ref 2 Al1 Analogue input 1 Voltage for potentiometer etc 1 aa Voltage range 0 10V DC I Programmable P2 1 11 fen egy eee ee es 3 Al1 I O Ground Analogue input 1 PID reference 2 wire Transmitter Actual ate es 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Ground for reference and controls value 5 Al
207. iven With the flying start it is possible to start the motor from actual speed without forcing the speed to zero before ramping to reference Conditional flying start 2 With this mode it is possible to disconnect and connect the motor from the frequency converter even when the Start command is active On re connecting the motor the drive will operate as described in selection 1 VACON 186 506 507 508 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS STOP FUNCTION 2 4 7 Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency con verter after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters to zero speed If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor to stop within the set deceleration time Normal stop Ramp Run Enable stop coasting 2 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when Run Enable is select ed the motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency con verter Normal stop Coasting Run Enable stop ramping 3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency con verter However when Run Enable signal is selected the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to
208. l p295 320 00 Hz 51 00 1004 ary drive 2 p2 9 5 Stop frequency auxil 5544 p294 Hz 10 00 1005 ary drive 2 p2 9 6 Start frequency auxil p297 320 00 Hz 51 00 1006 ary drive 3 p2 9 7 Stop frequency auxil p214 p296 Hz 10 00 1007 ary drive 3 p2 9 g Start frequency auxil p299 320 00 Hz 51 00 1008 iary drive 4 p2 9 9 Stop frequency auxil p214 p298 Hz 10 00 1009 iary drive 4 P2 9 10 starr delay 00 300 0 s 4 0 1010 auxiliary drives P2 9 11 Stop delay 0 0 300 0 s 2 0 1011 auxiliary drives P2 9 12 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1012 auxiliary drive 1 P2 9 13 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1013 auxiliary drive 2 P2 9 14 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1014 auxiliary drive 3 P2 9 15 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1015 auxiliary drive 4 P2 9 16 PID controller bypass 0 1 0 1020 1 PID contr bypassed 0 Not used 1 Al1 Analogue input selec 2 Al2 P2 9 17 tion for input pressure 0 5 0 1021 3 Al3 measurement 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus signal FBProcessDatalN3 P2 9 18 npunpressure 0 0 100 0 30 00 1022 high limit P2 9 19 input pressure 0 0 100 0 20 00 1023 low limit P2 9 20 Output pressure drop 0 0 100 0 30 00 1024 0 No delay P2 9 21 Frequency drop delay 0 0 300 0 s 0 0 1025 300 No frequency drop nor increase Frequency increase 0 Nodelay P2 9 22 q Ka 0 0 300 0 s 0 0 1026 300 No frequency drop nor y increase bone 800 894 0412
209. l for the brake defining the frequency or torque limit s the brake should react to and defining the Brake On Off delays will allow an effective brake control See Figure 89 NOTE During Identification Run see par 1D631 brake control is disabled Torque limit ID349 ID347 f l 1 jl START _ lt 4 STOP 1 l l l Brake off i Brake on delay 1 delay ID352 1 Bein ee S e ee Brake on 7164 emf Figure 89 Brake control with additional limits In 21 above the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit par ID349 and frequency supervision limit ID347 Additionally the same frequency limit is used for both brake off and brake on control by giving parameter ID346 the value 4 Use of two different frequency limits is also possible Then parameters ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3 Brake off In order for the brake to release three conditions must be fulfilled 1 the drive must be in Run state 2 the torque must be over the set limit if used and 3 the output frequency must be over the set limit if used Brake on Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output frequency falls below the set limit ID315 or ID346 As a precaution the brake closes when the brake on delay expires at the latest NOTE A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4
210. l functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Standard Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The expla nations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 12 2 2 CONTROL I 0 Reference potentiometer Table 5 Standard application default I O configuration Termine Signet Der eee fooess 1 10V e Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 All Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency reference CO Voltage range 0 10V DC l Programmable P2 1 11 l Programmable P2 3 2 20 DO1 Digital output 1 Open collector l lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC pened amp Ain oe ae READY Programmable P2 3 7 eee oe 3 Ali 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current range O 20mA Piper eae areas meer ran ee arate 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches
211. l input to activate the emergency stop input to the drive When the digital input is low the drive stops as per the parameter definition of ID1276 Emergency stop mode and indicates the warning code A63 The parameter is available for NXP drives only DC READY PULSE 6 2 3 3 29 Charge DC Used to charge the inverter drive through an input switch When the DC link voltage is above the charging level a 2 second pulse train is generated to close the input switch The pulse train is OFF when the input switch acknowledgement goes high The parameter is available for NXP drives only I NCHING REFERENCE 16 2 4 15 INCHING REFERENCE 26 2 4 16 These parameters define the frequency reference when inching is activated The parameter is available for NXP drives only SPEED SHARE 6 2 11 5 Defines the percentage for final speed reference from received speed reference TORQUE REFERENCE FILTERING TIME 6 2 10 10 Defines the filtering time for the torque reference VACON 224 1248 1250 1252 1253 1257 1276 1278 1285 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS LOAD SHARE 6 2 11 6 Defines the percentage for final torque reference from received torque reference FLUX REFERENCE 6 2 6 23 32 Defines how much magnetization current will be used SPEED STEP 6 2 6 15 1 2 6 25 25 NCDrive parameter to help adjusting the speed controller See closer NCDrive Tools Step response With this tool you can give a step value to
212. ldbus DIN 2 26 Fieldbus DIN 3 P2 3 1 1 Digital output 1 P2 3 1 2 Fanchon Digital output ogg 3220 lt o00 487 0 00 On delay not in use 1 on delay 0 Digital output gigih 3200 age 009 488 0 00 Off delay not in use 1 off delay 0 P2 3 1 3 P2 3 1 4 6 6 4 2 Delayed digital output 2 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 Table 69 Delayed digital output 2 parameters G2 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note TTF programming See p2 3 2 1 Digital output 2 0 1 E 10 0 1 489 chapter 6 4 signal selection Possible to invert with 1D1084 NXP only p2 3 2 2 Digital output 2 0 26 0 490 See P2 3 1 2 function p2 3 2 3 Digitaloutput2on ooo 320 00 s 0 00 491 0 00 On delay not in use delay P2 3 2 4 AA 2off goo 320 00 s 0 00 492 0 00 Off delay not in use Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 90 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 4 3 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 3 Use TTF programming method for all these parameters See chapter Table 70 Digital output signals G2 3 3 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2 3 3 1 Ready 0 1 A 1 432 Ready to Run P2 3 3 2 Run 0 1 B 1 433 Running P2 3 3 3 Fault 0 1 B 2
213. ller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts output frequency up to zero speed NXP only When a value other than 0 is selected also the Closed Loop undervoltage control becomes active in the Multi Purpose Control application TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 10 1 With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0 300 0 In the Multi Purpose Control application the torque limit is selected between the minimum of this parameter and the motoring and generating torque limits ID1287 and 1D1288 TORQUE LIMIT CONTROL P GAIN 6 2 10 1 This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller It is used in Open Loop control mode only TORQUE LIMIT CONTROL I GAIN 6 2 10 2 This parameter determines the l gain of the torque limit controller It is used in Open Loop control mode only CL MAGNETIZING CURRENT 6 2 6 23 1 Set here the motor magnetizing current no load current In NXP the values of the U f parameters are identified according to the magnetizing current if given before identification See Chapter 9 2 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 193 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr CL SPEED CONTROL P GAIN 6 2 6 23 2 Gain for the speed controller in closed loop motor control mode given in per Hz Gain value 100
214. losed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN5 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 364 REFERENCE SCALING MINIMUM VALUE PLACE B3 2 2 18 365 REFERENCE SCALING MAXIMUM VALUE PLACE B3 2 2 19 See parameters ID303 and ID304 above 366 EASY CHANGEOVER 5 2 2 37 0 Keep reference 1 Copy reference If Copy reference has been selected it is possible to switch from direct control to PID control and back without scaling the reference and actual value bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 169 367 370 371 372 373 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr For example The process is driven with direct frequency reference Control place I O B fieldbus or keypad to some point and then the control place is switched to one where the PID controller is selected The PID control starts to maintain that point It is also possible to change the control source back to direct frequency control In this case the output frequency is copied as the frequ
215. ls G2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 3 1 A01 signal selection 0 1 E10 A 1 pan NS peat aroenog tiethed sed See page 72 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq 0 f max 2 Freq reference 0 f 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal Analogue output function speed P2 3 2 0 8 1 307 4 Motor current O I Motor 5 Motor torque 0 Tymotorl 6 Motor power O P motor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt O 1000V P2 3 3 Analogue output filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering P2 3 4 Analogue output inversion 0 1 0 309 o Not inverteg 1 Inverted v 0 0 mA P2 3 5 Analogue output minimum 0 1 0 310 1 4mA P2 3 6 Analogue output scale 10 1000 100 311 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected P2 3 7 Digital output 1 function 0 22 1 312 11 At speed 6 g P 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place 10 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direc tion 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P2 3 8 Relay output 1 function 0 22 2 313 As parameter 2 3 7 P2 3 9 Relay output 2 function 0 22 3 314 As parameter 2 3 7 ae 0 No limit p2 3 10
216. ltage stabilator TC 0 1000 900 1552 Damping rate of voltage stabilizer Limit of torque stabilator P2 6 26 11 Voltage stabilator limit 0 32000 Hz 1 50 1553 output Limit Hz Value FreqScale bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 99 6 6 8 PROTECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 7 Table 82 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA ref 2 Warning Previous freq pee erence fault a 3 a 109 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting Bayo Sina relerencetaMle ooo para e 728 frequency P2 7 3 Response to external 0 3 2 701 0 No response fault 1 Warning Input phase supervi 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 sion 0 3 3 730 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to under 0 Fault stored in history RAS voltage fault 0 l 0 Tal 1 Fault not stored Output phase supervi P2 7 6 sioh 0 3 2 702 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 7 Earth fault pean 0 3 2 703 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 8 Thermal protection of 0 3 2 704 3 Fault stop by coasting the motor p27 Motor ambient tet agon aa _ a 705 perature factor PAT Ad reese actor at a sga i ao 706 zero speed paagi Moor hermaktime 1 200 min
217. ltage trip P2864 Number of tries anter 0 3 0 722 overcurrent trip P28 7 Number of tries after 0 10 0 723 4mA reference trip P28 8 Number of tries ars 0 10 0 726 motor temp fault trip P28 9 Number of tries aur 0 10 0 725 external fault trip P2 8 10 Number of tries after 0 10 0 738 underload fault trip bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 68 5 4 10 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Table 48 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 1 1 0 terminal P3 1 Control place 1 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus R3 2 Keypad reference P2 1 1 P2 1 2 Hz O F d P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 eee 1 Reverse P3 4 PID reference 0 00 100 00 0 00 167 P3 5 PID reference 2 0 00 100 00 0 00 168 0 Limited function of Stop R3 6 T 0 1 1 114 button 1 Stop button always enabled 5 4 11 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 5 4 12 EXPANDER BO
218. lter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering P2 3 25 Analogue output 2 inversion 0 1 0 474 Cen inverieg 1 Inverted we 0 0 mA P2 3 26 Analogue output 2 minimum 0 1 0 475 ISAMA P2 3 27 Analogue output 2 scaling 10 1000 100 476 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 33 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 5 DRIVE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 4 Table 21 Drive control parameters G2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Linear P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 1 500 gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 05 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P2 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper P24 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Ramp P2 4 6 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7 x ly 507 P2 4 9 DC braking timg 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC P2 4 10 braking during 0 10 1
219. m s 24 A A 10 l s l s 25 V V 11 l min l m 26 W W 12 L h l h 27 kW kW 13 m3 s m3 s 28 Hp Hp 14 m3 min m3 m NOTE The maximum number of characters that can be shown on keypad is 4 This means that in some cases the display of the unit on the keypad does not comply with the standards DA READY p222 Specl Displ Min Actual value min max 0 00 Number of decimals 7162 emf Figure 87 1080 DC BRAKE CURRENT AT STOP 6 2 4 14 In the Multi Purpose Control application this parameter defines the current in jected to the motor in stop state when parameter ID416 is active In all other appli cations this value is fixed to a tenth of the DC brake current The parameter is available for NXP drives only bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 221 1081 FOLLOWER REFERENCE SELECTION 6 2 11 3 Select the speed reference for the follower drive Table 124 Selections for parameter D1081 Analogue input 1 Al1 See ID377 10 Potentiometer reference controlled 0 with ID418 TRUE increase and ID417 TRUE decrease 1 Anlogue input 2 Al2 See ID388 11 All or Al2 whichever is lower 2 Al1 Al2 12 All or Al2 whichever is greater Al1 Al2 13 Max frequency ID102 3 recommended in torque control only 4 Al2 Al1 14 AI1 Al2 selection see 1ID422 5 Al1 Al2
220. manual bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 153 315 OUTPUT FREQUENCY LIMIT SUPERVISION FUNCTION 234567 2 3 10 2 3 4 1 2 3 2 1 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter Chapter 9 1 on Page 230 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID316 this function gener ates a message via digital output depending 1 on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 on to which output the supervision signal 1 ID447 is connected applications 6 and 7 Brake control uses different output functions See D445 amp ID446 316 OUTPUT FREQUENCY LIMIT SUPERVISION VALUE 234567 2 3 11 2 3 4 2 2 3 2 2 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID315 See Figure 37 A f Hz ID315 2 t gt Example 24 actly 21 RO1 21 Jolley 22 ROT 22 ROI 22 ROT 23 RO1 23 ROT 23 RO1 7112 emf Figure 37 Output frequency supervision 319 DIN2 FUNCTION 5 2 2 1 This parameter has 14 selections If digital input DIN2 need not be used set the parameter value to 0 1 External fault normally open Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is active 2 External fault normally closed Phone 800 894 0412 Fax
221. motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 P2 1 11 1 0 reference 0 3 0 117 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 P2 1 12 Keypad control 0 3 2 121 1 AI2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 P21 13 Fieldbus control 0 3 3 122 1 Al2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P2 1 14 Preset speed 1 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 10 00 105 Speeds preset by operator P2 1 15 Preset speed 2 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 50 00 106 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com STANDARD APPLICATION 2 4 3 INPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 2 Table 8 Input signals G2 2 VACON 16 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note DIN 1 DIN2 P2 2 1 Start Stop logic 300 Start fwd Start Stop Start Stop Start pulse Start fwd Start Stop Start Stop anOoRWN oO Start rvs Rvs Fwd Run enable Stop pulse Start rvs Rvs Fwd Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to I0 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Reverse 0 0O 20mA 0 10V 1 4 20mA 2 10V Selects the frequency that cor responds to the min reference signal 0 00 No scaling P2 2 2 DIN3 function 0 8 1 301 Analogue input 2 pate reference offset 302 Reference scaling 0 00 303 P2 2 4 mee minimum value 320 00 Hz 0 00 Selects t
222. n ing have not been met EXTERNAL BRAKE CONTROL INVERTED 67 2 3 3 15 2 3 1 15 External brake ON OFF control See chapter 9 1 for details Example RO1 on OPTA2 board Brake function ON Terminals 22 23 are open Relay not energized Brake function OFF Terminals 22 23 are closed Relay is energized When using the Master Follower function the follower drive will open the brake at the same time as the Master does even if the Follower s conditions for brake open ing have not been met OUTPUT FREQUENCY LIMIT 1 SUPERVISION 67 2 3 3 16 2 3 1 16 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see pa rameters ID315 and ID316 OUTPUT FREQUENCY LIMIT 2 SUPERVISION 67 2 3 3 17 2 3 1 17 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see pa rameters ID346 and ID347 REFERENCE LIMIT SUPERVISION 67 2 3 3 18 2 3 1 18 Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see param eters ID350 and 1D351 TEMPERATURE LIMIT SUPERVISION 67 2 3 3 19 2 3 1 19 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID354 and 1D355 TORQUE LIMIT SUPERVISION 67 2 3 3 20 2 3 1 20 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters 1D348 and 1D349 VACON 180 452 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS THERMISTOR FA
223. n the set limit the stall state is true There is actually no real indication of the shaft rota tion Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection NOTE If you use long motor cables max 100m together with small drives lt 1 5 kW the motor current measured by the drive can be much higher than the actual motor current due to capacitive currents in the motor cable Consider this when setting up the motor stall protection functions 9 5 PARAMETERS OF UNDERLOAD PROTECTION ID S 713 TO 716 General The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the drive is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a bro ken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714 Field weakening area load and ID715 Zero frequency load see below The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is not active below 5Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the underload curve are set in percentage which refers to the nominal torque of the motor The motor s name plate data parameter motor nominal current and the drive s nominal current IH are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value If other than nom inal motor is used with the drive the accuracy of the torque calcula
224. n with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 2x ly A 0 00 612 P2 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 1 1000 30 613 P2 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 3200 0 ms 30 0 614 Poses eee COMPEN lt 0 gg aon 00 0 00 626 sation P2 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 100 619 paa taa V Moonee current sitig I A 0 00 627 at start poe iug eoneneing amet I ea aoar mis 00 628 start P2 6 14 9 0 speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P2 6 14 10 O speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 65 PID CONTROL APPLICATION Table 45 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 0 0 633 P2 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 ms 0 0 618 P2 6 14 17 Current control F 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 P gain Identification parameter group 2 6 15 P2 6 15 1 Speed step 50 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 1252 NCDrive speed tuning bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 66
225. nalogue output 2 10 1000 100 476 scale P2 3 6 7 eager 2 off 400 00 100 00 0 00 477 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 93 6 6 4 7 Analogue output 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 7 Table 74 Analogue output 3 parameters G2 3 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID ID Analogue output 3 signal TTF programming oe selection ve Sie ki a8 See chapter 6 2 and 6 4 P2 3 7 2 Analogue output 3 function 0 15 5 479 See P2 3 5 2 P2 3 7 3 Analogue output 3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 480 0 No filtering P2 3 7 4 Analogue output 3 inversion O 1 0 perio Notinverted 1 Inverted ok 0 0 mA 0 V P2 3 7 5 Analogue output 3 minimum 0 1 0 482 1 4mA 2V P2 3 7 6 Analogue output 3 scale 10 1000 100 483 P2 3 7 7 Analogue output 3 offset 100 00 100 00 0 00 484 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 94 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 5 DRIVE CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 4 Table 75 Drive control parameters G2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Linear P2 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 1 500 t S c rve ramp time P2 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0
226. nce and actual speed error Can be used to re move small disturbances in the encoder signal SPEED CONTROL OUTPUT LIMIT 6 2 10 15 The maximum torque limit for the speed controller output as a percentage of the motor nominal torque VACON 230 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 8 2 KEYPAD CONTROL PARAMETERS Unlike the parameters listed above these parameters are located in the M3 menu of the control keypad The frequency and torque reference parameters do not have an ID number 114 STOP BUTTON ACTIVATED 3 4 3 6 If you wish to make the Stop button a hotspot which always stops the drive re gardless of the selected control place give this parameter the value 1 See also parameter D125 125 CONTROL PLACE 3 1 The active control place can be changed with this parameter For more informa tion see the product s user s manual Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active con trol place and copies the Run status information Run Stop direction and refer ence 0 PC Control Activeted by NCDrive 1 I O terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 123 KEYPAD DIRECTION 3 3 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the product s user s manual R3 2 KEYPAD REFERENCE 3 2 The frequency reference can be adjusted f
227. nd for reference and controls Basic reference 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference optional 5 Al2 Current Range 0 20 mA Default reference Programmable P2 1 11 op eee ee ey 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls i pl 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward ken pee He Programmable logic P2 2 1 i Z 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Ieee O hee R min 5kQ I I we 10 DIN3 External fault input Programma Contact open no fault a ble P2 2 2 Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V i 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 I i I 13 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls I Pa 14 DIN4 Preset speed select 1 sel1 sel2 sel3 sel 4 with DIN3 i ayer eis ene 0 0 0 0 I O reference I l 15 DIN5 Preset speed select 2 1 0 0 0 Speed 1 a eee ye 0 1 0 0 Speed 2 16 DIN6 Preset speed select 3 Zak l a 4 1 1 1 1 Speed 15 i 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 7 18 AO1 Analogue Output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q I i _ 19 A01 Output frequency i I Programmable P2 3 2 1 READY i 20 DO1 Digital output Open collector l lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC nso eS ie TE READY i Programmable P2 3 7 1 OPTA2 I I 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN A i beac bot Rror _ YY RUN ise
228. ne 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 56 5 4 PID APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 131 to 229 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID D number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters E On code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped 5 4 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s user s manual for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 19 to V1 22 are available with the PID control application only Table 39 Monitoring values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in
229. ng if par ID300 conoci eloced E PAUSE value is set to either 2 3 or 6 Applications 3 to 5 9 Jogging sp contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault resetcontact closed Resets all faults 11 Acc dec operation prohibited contact closed Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened see Figure 30 as well as parameters ID507 and ID1080 Applications 3 and 5 13 Motor potentiometer down contact closed Reference decreases until the contact is opened Application 4 13 Preset speed R A Output frequency t t oma L DIN eS se J Stop a DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode b DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Ramp Coasting 7105 emf Figure 30 DIN3 as DC brake command input a Stop mode Ramp b Stop mode coasting 302 ANALOGUE INPUT 2 REFERENCE OFFSET 12 2 15 2 2 3 0 No offset O 20mA 1 Offset 4 mA living zero provides supervision of zero level signal In Standard Application the response to reference fault can be programmed with parameter 1D700 303 REFERENCE SCALING MINIMUM VALUE 2346 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 6 304 REFERENCE SCALING MAXIMUM VALUE 2346 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 7 Additional reference scaling If both parameter ID303 and parameter ID304 0 scaling is set off The min
230. no P2 2 8 Al1 signal filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 Analogue input 1 reference filter time constant P2 2 9 Al2 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 2 gag MIE programmingimethed tees See page 72 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V P2 2 10 Al2 signal range 0 2 1 325 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Custom setting range P2 2 11 Al2 custom setting 160 00 160 00 o 0 00 326 Analogue input 2 scale mini minimum mum P2 2 12 Al2 custom setting 160 00 160 00 o 100 00 327 Analogue input 2 scale maxi maximum mum 0 Analogue input 2 reference P2 2 13 Al2 signal inversion 1 0 328 inversion yes no Analogue input 2 reference filter P2 2 14 Al2signalfilter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 ag ne constant 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 19 Input signals G2 2 VACON 30 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note DIN4 DIN5 0 Start fwd Start rvs 1 Start Stop Reverse P2215 Place B Start Stop 0 6 0 363 2 Start Stop Run enable logic selection 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start fwd Start rvs 5 Start Stop Reverse 6 Start Stop Run enable Place A Reference Selects the frequency that cor P2 2 16 scaling minimum 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 303 responds to the min reference value signal Selects the frequency that cor Pl
231. ns for parameter D121 ee a input 1 Analogue input 1 AI1 aaa w Analogue input 1 Al1 A11 A11 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 136 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Table 110 Selections for parameter D121 Applic 2 4 7 Analogue Input 2 Analogue Input 2 Al2 Analogue Input 2 Analogue Input 2 AI2 1 Al2 Al2 2 Keypad reference Al3 Al1 Al2 Al3 Menu M3 3 Fieldbus refer Al4 Al1 Al2 Al4 ence 4 Keypad reference Al2 Al1 Keypad reference Menu M3 Menu M3 5 Fieldbus reference AI1 AI2 Fieldbus reference 6 Potentiometer ref Al joystick Potentiometer ref 7 PID controller ref Al2 joystick PID controller ref 8 Keypad refer ence Menu M3 Fieldbus refer 9 ence FBSpeedReference For more information see the used fieldbus manual 122 FIELDBUS FREQUENCY REFERENCE SELECTION 234567 2 1 13 2 1 14 2 2 7 2 2 1 3 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the fieldbus For selections in different applications see D121 123 KEYPAD DIRECTION 3 3 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the product s user s manual 124 J OGGI NG SPEED REFERENCE 34567 2 1 14 2 1 15 2 1 19 Defines the jogging
232. ntact closed All faults are reset ACCELERATION DECELERATION PROHIBITED 67 2 2 7 14 2 2 6 14 Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened DC BRAKING 67 2 2 7 15 2 2 6 15 Contact closed In STOP mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See 1D1080 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 177 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr MOTOR POTENTIOMETER DOWN 67 2 2 7 8 2 2 6 16 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is opened MOTOR POTENTIOMETER UP 67 2 2 7 9 2 2 6 17 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is opened PRESET SPEED 16 2 2 7 5 PRESET SPEED 26 2 2 7 6 PRESET SPEED 36 2 2 7 7 Digital input selections for activating the preset speeds Al 1 Al 2 SELECTION 6 2 2 7 17 With value 14 selected for parameter ID117 this parameter allows you to select ei ther Al1 or Al2 signal for the frequency reference START A SIGNAL 7 2 2 6 1 Start command from control place A Default programming A 1 START B SIGNAL 7 2 2 6 2 Start command from control place B Default programming A 4 CONTROL PLACE A B SELECTION 7 2 2 6 3 Contact open Control place A Contact
233. ntrol absolute value values are used 0 Not used P2 3 4 7 Reference limit supervision 0 2 0 350 1 Low limit 2 High limit P2348 Reference limit supervision 0 0 100 0 o 0 0 351 0 0 Min frequency value 100 0 Max frequency P2 3 4 9 External 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 From brake off limits brake off delay External From Run request Use time PASAO brake on delay 0 0 100 0 gt 15 353 longer than P2 1 4 0 Not used P2 3 4 11 FC temperature supervision 0 2 0 354 1 Low limit 2 High limit P2 3 4 12 FC temperature supervised 10 100 oc 40 355 value 0 Not used 1 Al1 P2 3 4 13 Analogue supervision signal 0 4 0 356 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 p2 3 414 Analogue pce ale low ooo 100 00 10 00 357 DO Off limit See P2 3 3 22 pz3 4 15 Analogue N high ooo 100 00 90 00 358 DO Off limit See P2 3 3 22 NXP drives only Brake is closed and kept P2 3 4 16 Brake On Off Current Limit 0 2xly A 0 1085 closed if current is below this value Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 92 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 4 5 Analogue output 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 Table 72 Analogue output 1 parameters G2 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note asail Pee Gane CY eae sec A1 464 TTF programming See chapter 6 4 signal selection 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Ou
234. nu M2 gt G2 3 3 ccccccccccecsccseeeeceseeteeneeeees 89 6 6 4 4 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 o cccccccccscceecesecsecssessesseseeeeeneeaes 90 6 6 4 5 Analogue output 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 occccccccccccecsecseesecteeeteeneeeaes 91 6 6 4 6 Analogue output 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 6 o cccccccccccccsecsecseesecteeeseeneeenes 91 6 6 4 7 Analogue output 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 7 o ccecccccescescesseeeteseeseceeeseesaes 92 6 6 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 cccccccccscceeceseeseeeeeeees 93 6 6 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 oseese 94 6 6 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 b seeen 94 6 6 7 1 Closed Loop parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 23 ossessi 95 6 6 7 2 NXP drives PMS Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 24 96 6 6 7 3 NXP drives Identification parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 25 0 96 6 6 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 o cccccscsccssessstesceseeseessesesseseeeeneceesens 97 6 6 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 ccccecesesseeeeseeteeteeseeeees 99 6 6 10 Fieldbus parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 ccccccccsccsccsscsseesecseesseeseees 100 6 6 11 Torque control parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 gt 2 10 101 6 6 12 NXP drives
235. nual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 1 1 1 MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONS IN THE BASIC APPLICATION The Basic Application provides almost all the same protection functions as the other applications External fault protection Input phase supervision Undervoltage protection Output phase supervision Earth fault protection Motor thermal protection Thermistor fault protection Fieldbus fault protection Slot fault protection Unlike the other applications the Basic Application does not provide any parameters for choosing the response function or limit values for the faults The motor thermal protection is explained in more detail on pages 200 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com Basic APPLICATION 1 2 CONTROL I 0 Reference potentiometer 1 10 kQ Terminal Signal VACON 6 Table 1 Basic application default I O configuration OPTA1 Description 10V e Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc l I 2 All Analogue input 1 Analogue input 1 frequency EES Voltage range 0O 10V DC reference Programmable P2 14 roe oS eee 3 Al1 1 0 Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 2 frequency reference 5 Al2 Current range 0 20mA r 6 24V Control voltage o
236. o Contact open P2 1 3 and P2 1 4 in I 1 grammable G2 2 7 use A a Pa z J eek Contact closed P2 4 3 and P2 4 4 in I 1 use l 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V i i 18 AOA1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 5000 i I 19 AOA1 Output frequency l Programmable P2 3 5 2 l READY F20 DOAT Digital output Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC 4 ses tne READY 1 Programmable G2 3 3 i i OPTA 1 i a Ki Relay output 1 I l RUN i PUN Lae 23 ROT lt Programmable G2 3 3 Sear amp eee as 2h ROZS anna Relay output 2 25 RO2 D7 FAULT 26 RO2 lt Programmable G2 3 3 Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 More information in the product s CMA and CMB grounding user s manual CMB connected to GND eo CMA connected to GND JC CMB isolated from GND JC CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7084 emf Figure 11 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 71 6 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 15 Preset Speed 1 2 1 21 Preset Speed 7 2 1 14 Jogging speed reference 3 1 Control place Internal frequency reference Motor _ Potentiometer Reset button Reference from fieldbus S
237. offset 100 00 100 00 0 00 165 offset Reset to set 0 00 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the product s User s Manual 6 6 3 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 3 Table 63 Analogue input 2 parameters G2 2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 3 1 Al2 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A2 ga E meremme se chapter 6 4 p2 23 2 Al eyes filter ooo 1000 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V P2 2 3 3 Al2 signal range 0 3 1 325 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range aa TE P2234 Al2 custom minimum 160 00 160 00 20 00 326 of input signal range setting e g 2mA 10 p2 2 3 5 AlZ custom maximum 160 00 160 00 100 00 327 e g 18 mA 90 setting AlI2 reference scalin Selects the frequency that P2 2 3 6 aie 9 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 393 corresponds to the min minimum value reference signal Ao reference scalin Selects the frequency that P2 2 3 7 9 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 394 corresponds to the max maximum value reference signal P2 2 3 8 AI2 joystick hysteresis 0 00 20 00 0 00 05 Dead zone for joystick input e g 10 5 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 86 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 63 Analogue input 2 parameters G2 2
238. on Motor P2 6 24 1 Motor type 0 1 0 650 1 PMS Motor P2 6 24 2 Flux Current Kp 32000 5000 651 P2 6 24 3 Flux Current Ti 1000 25 652 P2 6 24 4 PMSM ShaftPosi 0 65565 0 649 P2 6 24 5 EnableRsldentifi 0 1 1 654 0 No 1 Yes 6 6 7 3 NXP drives Identification parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 25 Table 80 Identification parameters NXP drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 25 1 Flux 10 0 2500 10 1355 P2 6 25 2 Flux 20 0 2500 20 1356 P2 6 25 3 Flux 30 0 2500 30 1357 P2 6 25 4 Flux 40 0 2500 40 1358 P2 6 25 5 Flux 50 0 2500 50 1359 P2 6 25 6 Flux 60 0 2500 60 1360 P2 6 25 7 Flux 70 0 2500 70 1361 P2 6 25 8 Flux 80 0 2500 80 1362 P2 6 25 9 Flux 90 0 2500 90 1363 P2 6 25 10 Flux 100 0 2500 100 1364 P2 6 25 11 Flux 110 0 2500 110 1365 P2 6 25 12 Flux 120 0 2500 120 1366 P2 6 25 13 Flux 130 0 2500 130 1367 P2 6 25 14 Flux 140 0 2500 140 1368 P2 6 25 15 Flux 150 0 2500 150 1369 P2 6 25 16 Rs voltage drop o 30000 Varies Begs sedforitorgue cateulation in Open Loop P2 6 25 17 Ir add zero point voltage 0 30000 Varies 664 P2 6 25 18 Ir add generator scale 0 30000 Varies 665 P2 6 25 19 Ir add motoring scale 0 30000 Varies 667 Motor induced back volt 0 P2 6 25 20 MotoeBEM Voltage 0 00 320 00 o 674 age 10000 100 00 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 98 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL AP
239. one 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 29 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION 3 4 3 INPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 2 Table 19 Input signals G2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note DIN1 DIN2 Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Start fwd Mot pot UP Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start fwd Mot pot UP 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to I0 6 Force cp to keypad P222 DIN3 function 0 13 1 g y 7 horse ep totielabus 8 Reverse 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Motor potentiometer DOWN TTF programming method used See page 72 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA P2 2 4 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 1 2 10V 4 20 mA 2 Custom setting range p Place A Start Stop 0 3 0 300 logic selection onoaudRr WN oO P2 2 3 Al1 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 1 377 Al1 custom setting Analogue input 1 scale mini P2 2 5 160 00 160 00 0 00 321 minimum mum P2 26 All custom setting 160 00 160 00 100 0 322 Analogue input 1 scale maxi maximum mum P2 2 7 All signal inversion 0 1 0 323 Analogue input 1 reference inversion yes
240. op speed ctrl 0 Not used EA U f optimisation 0 1 0 109 piel 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear 1 S d P2613 U f ratio selection 0 3 0 108 rei 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P2 6 4 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n xU eee weakening point i i Mere U f curve midpoint 0 00 P2 6 4 H 50 00 604 aes frequency i U f idpoint n x U P26 7 e 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 nmot voltage Maximum value P2 6 5 Output volt t paag vonage at zero 0 00 40 00 Varies 606 n x Unmet frequency See Table 121 f t P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 A is values 0 lt 0 Not used vervoltage P2 6 10 g 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping controller i 2 Used ramping P2611 Undervoltage 0 1 j 408 0 Not used controller 1 Used P2 6 12 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 0 No action P2 6 13 Identification 0 1 2 0 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 2x l4 A 0 00 612 P2 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 1 1000 30 613 P2 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 3200 0 ms 30 0 614 Accelerati P2 6 14 5 ee 0 00 300 00 s 0 00 626 compensation P2 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 100 619 M tizi t p2 6 14 7 oe ooo IL A 0 00 627 at start M tizing ti t pag ees o 60000 ms 0 628 start P2 6 14 9
241. opper 0 4 0 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no test ing 0 Ramp P2 4 6 Start function 0 2 0 505 1 Flying start 2 Conditional flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function 0 3 0 506 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7 x lH 507 P2 4 9 De broking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC P2 4 10 braking during 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 ramp stop P2 4 11 pe braking ume I 9 00 600 00 a 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P2 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 oe Oh 1 On P2 4 13 Flux braking current 0 00 IL A ly 519 5 4 6 PROHIBIT FREQUENCY PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 5 Table 44 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 5 1 Prohibit frequency range 1 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 509 O Not used P2 5 2 Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 O Not used P2 5 3 Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 511 O Not used P2 5 4 Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 O Not used P2 5 5 Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 513 O Not used P2 5 6 Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 O Not used P2 5 7 Prohibit acc dec ramp 0 1 10 0 X 1 0 518 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web
242. or Place B refer ence NOTE This scaling does not affect the fieldbus reference scaled between Mini mum frequency par D101 and Maximum frequency par 1D102 A Output 4 Output frequency frequency _ _Max freq 1ID102 _ _Max freq 1ID102 ID345 7 Analogue ID3444 i Analogue f Min freq ID101 input V 7 Min freq ID101 input V gt gt 0 10 0 10 7119 emf Figure 44 Left Par ID344 0 No reference scaling Right Reference scaling 346 OUTPUT FREQ LIMIT 2 SUPERVISION FUNCTION 34567 2 3 12 2 3 4 3 2 3 2 3 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see Chapter 9 1 on Page 230 4 Brake on off control Application 6 only see Chapter 9 1 on Page 230 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID347 this function gener ates a warning message through a digital output depending on 1 the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 162 347 348 349 350 351 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 2 to which output the supervision signal 2 ID448 is connected applications 6 and 7 Brake control uses different output functions See parameters ID445 amp ID446 OUTPUT FREQUENCY LIMIT 2 SUPERVISION VALUE 34567 2 3 13 2 3 4 4 2 3 2 4 Selects the frequency value supervised by paramet
243. osed loop and with an encoder installed also the parameter for pulses revolutions in Menu M7 has to be set The automatic identification is activated by setting this parameter to the appropri ate value followed by a start command in the requested direction The start com mand to the drive has to be given within 20 s If no start command is given within 20 s the identification run is cancelled and the parameter will be reset to its default setting The identification run can be stopped any time with normal stop command and the parameter is reset to its default setting In case identification run detects fault or other problems the identification run is completed if possible After the identifica tion is finished the application checks the status of the identification and generates fault warning if any During Identification Run the brake control is disabled see Chapter 9 1 NOTE Rising edge required to start after identification CL START UP TORQUE FORWARD 23456 2 6 23 12 Sets the start up torque for forward direction if selected with par ID621 CL START UP TORQUE REVERSE 23456 2 6 23 13 Sets the start up torque for reverse direction if selected with par 1D621 MINIMUM FREQUENCY FOR OPEN LOOP TORQUE CONTROL 6 2 10 7 Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency converter operates in fre quency control mode Because of the nominal slip of the motor the internal torque calculation is inaccu rate a
244. own 2 Reset if powered down P2 2 30 PID minimum limit 1600 0 P2 2 31 0 00 359 P2 2 31 PID maximum limit P2 2 30 1600 0 100 00 360 P2 2 32 Error value inversion 0 1 0 0 ler eee 1 Inversion P2 2 33 pire ter ene 0 0 100 0 s 5 0 341 rising time P2 2 34 PiD rererence 0 0 100 0 s 5 0 342 falling time Reference scaling P2 2 35 minimum value place 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 344 B Reference scaling P2 2 36 maximum value place 0 00 320 00 0 00 345 B 0 Keep reference P2 2 37 Easy changeover 0 1 0 366 1 Copy actual reference P2 2 38 AI3 signal selection 0 1 E 10 0 1 TA eee cone rung stne 30d used See page 72 0 Signal range 0O 10V P2 2 39 Al3 signal range 0 1 1 143 1 Signal range 2 10V P2 2 40 Al3 inversion 0 1 0 E 1 Inverted P2 2 41 Al3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 142 0 No filtering P2 2 42 Ald signal selection 0 1 E 10 0 1 Teza RAL prooramminmetnea used See page 72 0 Signal range 0O 10V P2 2 43 Al4 signal range 0 1 1 154 1 Signal range 2 10V P2 2 44 Al4 inversion 0 1 0 jay Notinverted 1 Inverted P2 2 45 Al4 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 153 0 No filtering AE see special 0 30000 0 1033 display minimum paaa Auala specie 0 30000 100 1034 display maximum p2 2 48 Actual value special 0 4 1 1035 display decimals p2 2 49 Actual value special 0 28 4 1036 See page 220 CP control place cc contact oc opening contact Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See the produ
245. p 50 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 1252 NCDrive speed tuning 2 4 8 PROTECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 7 Table 13 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq p2 7 1 Response ae FeIErencE ll SG 5 0 700 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting paz amerelerence TUIE T a pede Ae 0 00 728 quency P2 7 3 Response to external fault 0 3 2 701 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 4 Input phase supervision 0 3 0 730 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to undervoltage 0 Fault stored in history pan fault 0 1 i 12 1 Fault not stored P2 7 6 Output phase supervision 0 3 2 702 0 No response P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 2 703 1 Warning n 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 Thermal protection of the 4 P2 7 8 ae 0 3 2 704 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 9 Motor ambient temperature 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 factor 2 7 10 Motor cooling factor at zero 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 speed P2 7 11 Motor thermal time constant 1 200 min Varies 707 P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 150 100 708 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 21 Table 13 Protections G2 7 STANDARD APPLICATION Code Parameter Min Max Unit Def
246. p 3 par ID1014 Reference step 2 N par ID1013 Reference step 1 par ID1012 4 Reference analogue input gt Time start Aux drive 1 stop start Aux drive 2 stoj start Aux drive 3 stop 7152 emf Figure 77 Reference steps after starting auxiliary drives SLEEP FREQUENCY 57 2 1 15 The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the frequency of the drive falls below the Sleep level defined with this parameter for a time greater than that de termined by parameter 1D1017 During the Stop state the PID controller is operat ing switching the frequency converter to Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds see par ID1019 the Wake up level determined by parameter ID1018 See Figure 78 SLEEP DELAY 57 2 1 16 The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the frequency converter is stopped See Figure 78 WAKE UP LEVEL 57 2 1 17 The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the frequency converter is restored See Figure 78 VACON 212 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Actual value Wake up level param 1D1018 Output frequency t lt param ID1017 t lt par ID1017 1 l lt gt l 1 I Start Stop status of running the var speed drive stop 7153 emf Figure 78 Frequency converter sleep
247. paa aaa a araida 11 2 1 LEO CUCU O TA cise AE EE E E E E EEEE SE 11 2 27 CONOCIO oiana aln A a a A E abeteleasadete 12 2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application ccecceeceeceeeeceeceecenneeeeeeeeseneseeeeeeseneees 13 2 4 Standard Application Parameter LiSts ccccececccececeececceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeeessnseeees 14 2 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 cccccccceseeseeseceeceseesecesccsecseeceecseeeecsees 14 2 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 cccccccccesccsccseceeceeceeceeseaeeseesaes 15 2 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 c ccccccesccesceeecsececssesseeeesesseeceteseenees 16 2 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 cceccccccccccsccsececsseeseeeeesnecestessesees 17 2 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 c cccccccccsecsccssesseeseeees 18 2 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 eesis 19 2 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6b sses 19 2 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 cccccecsescescssesceseestesesseeececsetsttseeeeeeeees 20 2 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 ccccccccceccceseessecseeseeeaes 22 2 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 ccccccsecsecsccsecceccsscsseaecascaeesesseccseeeeenes 22 2 4 11 System menu Control keypad M s ssnsnsessninsriersresisre
248. plies for a P21 8 Nominal speed of the 24 20 000 T 1440 112 4 pole motor and a nomi motor nal size frequency con verter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of P21 9 the motor axla 2a a IH me the motor 2 1 10 Motor cos 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor 0 Al1 1 Al2 P2 1 11 1 0 reference 0 3 1 1 No Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 P2 1 12 Keypad control refer 0 3 2 121 1 Al2 ence 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 P2 1 13 Fieldbus control ref 0 3 3 122 1 Al2 erence 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P2 1 14 Jogging speed pref 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 0 00 124 P2 1 15 Preset speed 1 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 5 00 105 Multi step speed 1 P2 1 16 Preset speed 2 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 10 00 106 Multi step speed 2 P2 1 17 Preset speed 3 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 12 50 126 Multi step speed 3 P2 1 18 Preset speed 4 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 15 00 127 Multi step speed 4 P2 1 19 Preset speed 5 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 17 50 128 Multi step speed 5 P2 1 20 Preset speed 6 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 20 00 129 Multi step speed 6 P2 1 21 Preset speed 7 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 22 50 130 Multi step speed 7 P2 1 22 Preset speed 8 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 25 00 133 Multi step speed 8 P2 1 23 Preset speed 9 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 27 50 134 Multi step speed 9 P2 1 24 Preset speed 10 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 30 00 135 Multi step speed 10 P2 1 25 Preset speed 11 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 32 50 136 Multi step speed 11 P2 1 26 Preset speed 12 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 35 00 137 Multi step speed 12 P2 1 27 Preset speed 13 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 40 00 138 Multi step
249. power rating Set converter parameters again if power unit was changed Device added ie 45 Option board of different type added Set the option board parameters different type again Contact your distributor if the fault Division by zero in Division by zero has occurred in applica CSSU While the converter isin 49 y y PP run state If you are application pro application Analogue input lin lt 4mA sel signal range 4 to 20 mA tion program Current at the analogue input is lt 4mA control cable is broken or loose signal source has failed grammer check the application pro gram Check the current loop circuitry Remove fault situation on external 51 External fault Digital input fault device Keypad communi The Conner tnan PEDER MANE COMITOLKEY Check keypad connection and possi 52 pad or NCDrive and the frequency con cation fault ble keypad cable verter is broken The data connection between the fieldbus TEK instaltation 53 Fieldbus fault If installation is correct contact the Master and the fieldbus board is broken ats nearest Vacon distributor Check board and slot 54 Slot fault Defective option board or slot Contact the nearest Vacon distribu tor Temperature limit values set for the PT100 board parameters have been PT100 board exceeded 56 temp fault More inputs are selected than actually ind the cause ol emperayre nise connected PT100
250. put Since the OPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an O expander board with extra relay outputs e g Vacon OPTB5 AUTOCHANGE 5 CONTROL 7 2 3 1 31 Control signal for autochange drive 5 ANALOGUE INPUT SUPERVISION LIMIT 67 2 3 3 22 2 3 1 22 The selected analogue input signal goes beyond the set supervision limits see pa rameters D372 1D373 and 1D374 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 1 SIGNAL SELECTION 234567 2 3 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 3 1 Connect the AO1 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Chapter 6 4 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 181 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2 SIGNAL SELECTION 234567 2 3 12 2 3 22 2 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 Connect the AO2 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Chapter 6 4 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2 FUNCTION 234567 2 3 13 2 3 23 2 3 6 2 2 3 4 2 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2 FILTER TIME 234567 2 3 14 2 3 24 2 3 6 3 2 3 4 3 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2 INVERSION 234567 2 3 15 2 3 25 2 3 6 4 2 3 4 4 ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2 MINIMUM 234567 2 3 16 2 3 26 2 3 6 5 2 3 4 5 ANALOG
251. put frequency limit 2 super g 0 1 448 See ID346 vision P2 3 1 18 Reference limit supervision 0 1 0 1 449 See ID350 P2 3 1 19 Drive temperature limit super 0 1 0 1 450 Drive temperature supervision vision See ID354 P2 3 1 20 Torque limit supervision 0 1 0 1 451 See ID348 P2 3 1 21 Motor thermal protection 0 1 0 1 452 Thermistor fault or wrng P2 3 1 22 Analogue input supervision 0 1 0 1 463 limit P2 3 1 23 Motor regulator activation 0 1 0 1 454 A limit controller is active P2 3 1 24 Fieldbus DIN 1 0 1 0 1 455 P2 3 1 25 Fieldbus DIN 2 0 1 0 1 456 P2 3 1 26 Fieldbus DIN 3 0 1 0 1 457 P2 3 1 27 Autochange 1 Aux 1 control 0 1 B 1 458 P2 3 1 28 Autochange 2 Aux 2 control 0 1 B 2 459 P2 3 1 29 Autochange 3 Aux 3 control 0 1 0 1 460 P2 3 1 30 Autochange 4 Aux 4 control 0 1 0 1 461 P2 3 1 31 Autochange 5 0 1 0 1 462 Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 121 7 5 4 2 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 Table 97 Output signals Limit settings Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No limit P2 3 2 1 Output frequency limit 0 2 0 315 T Low limit supervision 1 supervision 2 High limit supervision p2 3 2 2
252. rence is used as maximum speed limit and the motor produces torque within speed limit to achieve torque reference Drive frequency reference is set to motor speed reference The motor speed remains the same regardless of motor load In Closed Loop control mode speed feedback signal is used to achieve optimum speed accuracy 4 Torque crtl closed loop Speed reference is used as the maximum speed limit that depends on the torque speed limit CL ID1278 and motor produces torque within speed limit to achieve torque refer ence In Closed Loop control mode speed feedback signal is used to achieve optimum torque accuracy bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 191 601 SWITCHING FREQUENCY 234567 2 6 9 Motor noise can be minimised using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit It is rec ommended to use a lower frequency when the motor cable is long in order to min imize capacitive currents in the cable The range of this parameter depends on the size of the frequency converter Table 121 Size dependent switching frequencies fe ac TMD Mee Dilla Deala 1 0 0003 0061 NX_5 160 0 10 0 0003 0061 NX_2 0075 0300 NX_2 1 0 10 0 3 6 0072 0520 NX_5 1 0 6 0 3 6 0041 0062 NX_6 1 0 6 0 1 5 0144 0208 NX_6 NOTE The actual switching freq
253. rom the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the Stop button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M3 For more in formation see the product s user s manual 167 PID REFERENCE 157 3 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 100 This refer ence value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332 2 168 PID REFERENCE 257 3 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0 and 100 This ref erence is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed R3 5 TORQUE REFERENCE 6 3 5 Define here the torque reference within 300 0 300 0 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com APPENDICES VACON 230 9 APPENDICES In this chapter you will find additional information on special parameter groups Such groups are Parameters of External brake control with additional limits Chapter9 1 Closed Loop parameters Chapter 9 2 Parameters of Motor thermal protection Chapter 9 3 Parameters of Stall protection Chapter 9 4 Parameters of Underload protection Chapter 9 5 Fieldbus control parameters Chapter 9 6 9 1 EXTERNAL BRAKE CONTROL WITH ADDITIONAL LIMITS ID S 315 316 346 TO 349 352 353 The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through parameters ID315 ID316 ID346 to ID349 and ID352 ID353 Selecting On Off Contro
254. rrent limit 0 1 x ly 2x ly A IL 107 Check the rating plate of NX2 230V the motor Note also 180 690 V NX5 400V 110 used connection Delta NX6 690V Star Nominal voltage of the motor Nominal frequency of the motor Check the rating plate of 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nomi nal size frequency con verter 24 20 000 rpm 1440 112 motor Nominal current of the motor Check the rating plate of 0 1 x 2x l H CH p ae the motor eae Nominal speed of the Check the rating plate of P2 1 10 Motor cosp 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Ithe m tor 0 All 1 Al2 2 AI1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 AI2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad P2 1 11 1 0 Reference 0 15 16 0 117 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiome ter 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 All Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 AI1 Al2 selection 15 Encoder 1 16 Encoder 2 NXP only 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 AI1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 Keypad control refer 4 Al2 Al1 P2 1 12 one 0 9 8 121 5 AlxAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 A 8 K 9 F 2 Joystick p2 1 13 Fieldbus control refer 0 9 9 122 See P2 1 12 ence Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 84 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION Table 60 Basic parameters G2 1
255. s Fa 9 0 0 706 zero speed Bore eel A 200 min Varies 707 constant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 150 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 1 709 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 14 Stall current 0 00 2x ly A ly 710 P2 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 711 P2 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 P2 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 17 Underload protection 0 3 0 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting panie eas 0 150 50 714 load P2 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 patan Petre eae proteron s lagg i 20 716 time limit 0 No response Response to thermis 1 Warning pee tor fault 0 3 2 132 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting RATTA POSPONE StA HEADUS I g 3 2 733 See P2 7 21 fault P2 7 23 Response to slot fault 0 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 P2 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 0 739 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 127 Table 104 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response Response to PT100 1 Warning E2128 fault 0 2 2 140 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 200 0 c 120 0 741 P2 7 27 PT100 faul
256. s until the contact is opened See Figure 38 13 Motor potentiometer UP Contact closed Reference increases until the contact is opened bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 155 A A Output Output frequency frequency Figure 38 DC braking command selection 12 selected for DIN2 Left Stop mode Ramp Right Stop mode Coasting 320 Al 1 SIGNAL RANGE 34567 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 3 Table 117 Selections for parameter D320 ee 0 0 100 100 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 4mA 20 100 2 Customised 10 10V Customised 3 Customised For selection Customised see parameters ID321 and 1D322 321 AI 1 CUSTOM SETTING MINIMUM 34567 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 4 322 AI 1 CUSTOM SETTING MAXIMUM 34567 2 2 6 2 2 18 2 2 2 5 These parameters set the analogue input 1 signal for any input signal span within 160 160 Example If signal input scaling is set to 40 80 the reference changes between minimum frequency ID101 and maximum frequency ID102 following a signal in tensity of 8 16mA 323 Al 1 SIGNAL INVERSION 3457 2 2 7 2 2 19 2 2 2 6 If this parameter 0 no inversion of analogue input signal takes place NOTE In application 3 Al1 is place B frequency reference if parameter ID131 0 default Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www
257. se DIN5 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN4 has priority 1 DIN4 closed contact startopen contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverseopen contact forward See Figure 52 A FWD Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting DIN S eles Peek cea Ree area cet een Deen ee Seen N oe 7127 emf Figure 52 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 168 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN4 closed contact start pulse DIN5 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 53 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are frequency ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse coasting overrides the Start pulse a yy a t p I i REV i DIN5 Stop _ 7128 emf Figure 53 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections 4 to 6 shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started 4 DIN4 c
258. sed 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 0 9 9 1083 5 Al1 joystick 6 Al2 joystick 7 Torque reference from keypad R3 5 8 FB Torque Reference 9 Master torque Follower speed refer P2 11 3 ence select Follower torque refer P2 11 4 ence select Active also in Single P2 11 5 Speed share 300 00 300 00 100 00 1241 mode P2 11 6 Load share 0 0 500 0 100 0 124g Cee alsotin Single mode Activated by P2 2 7 31 P2117 Master Follower mode 0 2 0 1093 0 Single drive 2 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive 0 Single drive P2 11 8 Follower fault 0 2 0 1536 1 Master drive 2 Follower drive bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 105 6 6 13 KEYPAD CONTROL CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the product s user s manual Table 87 Keypad control parameters M3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 PC Control 1 1 0 terminal P3 1 Control place 0 3 1 125 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus R3 2 Keypad reference P2 1 1 P2 1 2 Hz P3 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 foe on Forward 1 Reverse P3 4 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled R3 5 Torq
259. speed 13 P2 1 28 Preset speed 14 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 45 00 139 Multi step speed 14 P2 1 29 Preset speed 15 0 00 P2 1 2 Hz 50 00 140 Multi step speed 15 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 44 minimum value 4 4 3 INPUT SIGNALS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 2 Table 30 Input signals G2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note DIN1 DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rvs 1 Start Stop Rvs Fwd P2 21 Start Stop logic 0 6 0 300 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start fwd Start rvs 5 Start Stop Reverse 6 Start Stop Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to I0 6 Force cp to keypad P2 22 DINS function 0 13 1 ON acre ect cuinlc 8 Rvs if P2 2 1 2 3 or b 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Preset speed P2 2 3 Al1 signal selection 0 1 E 10 Al ay nub proceni meinec tss See page 72 0 0 10 V 0 20 mA P2 2 4 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 1 2 10 V 4 20 mA 2 Custom setting range i 0 paom Aleutan seming agog tamaa agi 321 Analogue input 1 scale minimum minimum i 0 pasa oi teu
260. speed reference when activated by digital input See parameter ID301 and ID413 The parameter value is automatically limited to Maximum frequency ID102 125 CONTROL PLACE 3 1 The active control place can be changed with this parameter For more informa tion see the product s user s manual Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active control place and copies the Run status information Run Stop direction and ref erence bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 137 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr 0 PC Control activated by NCDrive 1 1 0 terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus PRESET SPEED 346 2 1 17 PRESET SPEED 446 2 1 18 PRESET SPEED 546 2 1 19 PRESET SPEED 646 2 1 20 PRESET SPEED 746 2 1 21 These parameters can be used to determine frequency references that are applied when appropriate combinations of digital inputs are activated In Multi Step Speed Application Application 4 digital inputs DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 are assigned to Preset Speed functions The combinations of these activated inputs select the preset speed reference NOTE the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Applica tion Because all digital inputs are programmable you first have to assign three DINs for the Preset Sp
261. srnrasnerarisrarierarisririerirrsrrsrerens 23 2 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 c ccccccccssessesecesceseeeeeecesceseeceecssesuessens 23 3 Local Remote Control Application sscssssssssssssessssssesssesseeeeeeeeesees 24 3 1 Introd ctiome seii a Leta A a E a a a a ats 24 3 2 Control O a a e ate E T EEO E AN 25 3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application secbisacieveayss soadsasadotoceesnantssdeudtuneeateleats 26 3 4 Local Remote control application Parameter lists sssssssasnssasnsineieriririreierirrerrrer en 27 3 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 sasssssssssrssssrsrsrsrsrisririsrisrerisrsrisrnrnernrrerne 27 3 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 ccccccccccescceccseceeceseeeeeseesteseesaes 28 3 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 o ccccccccccsccesccsecsececsseeseeseesesesscateseeees 29 3 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 cccccccccsccsececsecssesseeeeseeescesteseesaes 31 3 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 ccccececseeeeeeseeseeeeeeeees 33 3 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 sessen 33 3 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 b sessen 34 3 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 cccccccsccsssesseccesscsseseceecseesenteneensenecaes 35 3 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2
262. stomecting ranan 16000 a 322 Analogue input 1 scale maximum maximum P2 2 7 Alt signal inversion 0 1 0 323 Analogue input 1 ref rence inver sion yes no P2 2 8 Al1 signal filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 gza Analogue input r terence filter time constant P2 2 9 Al2 signal selection 0 1 E 10 A 2 a LTF programming metnes veed See page 72 325 0 0 20 mA 0 10 V P2 2 10 Al2 signal range 0 2 1 1 4 20 mA 2 10 V 2 Custom setting range p2 2 11 AlZ custom setting 14999 160 00 0 00 326 Analogue input 2 scale minimum minimum p2 2 12 AlZ custom setting 14990 160 00 100 00 327 Analogue input 2 scale maximum maximum i f Analogue input 2 reference inver P2 2 13 Al2 signal inversion 0 1 0 328 sion yes no P2 2 14 Al2 signal filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 doy Analogue input 2 r terence filter time constant Reference s alin Selects the frequency that corre P2 2 15 g 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 303 sponds to the min reference sig nal Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 45 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION Table 30 Input signals G2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Selects the frequency that corre Reference scaling sponds to the max reference sig P2 2 16 maximum value 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 nal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value 0 Not used 0 2 0 361
263. t G2 5 Table 11 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 5 1 Prohibit frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P2 5 2 Prohibit frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 range 1 high limit P25 2 Prohibit acc dec 041 10 0 X 1 0 518 ramp l 2 4 7 MOTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 6 Table 12 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control P26 1 Motor control mode 0 1 3 0 600 Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl ere 0 Not used T pzez Ut optimisation i 103 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear Paaa U f ratio selection 0 3 0 jog Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P26 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 i x U T Voltage at field weak 1999 200 00 100 00 aga amet ening point P28 o curve midpoint fre doo p264 Hz 50 00 604 quency F n x Unmot P26 7 ee e pet 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 Parameter max value voltage P2 6 5 p CutPut voltage at zero Ooo 4000 Varies 606 n x Unmot frequency P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See 8 14 for exact values 0 Not used P2 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P2611 Undervoltage con
264. t 0 0 300 0 300 0 1289 P2 6 23 21 Negative torque limit 0 0 300 0 300 0 645 P2 6 23 22 Positive torque limit 0 0 300 0 300 0 646 P2 6 23 23 Flux off delay 1 32000 s 0 1402 1 Always P2 6 23 24 Stop state flux 0 0 150 0 100 0 1401 P2 6 23 25 SPC f1 point 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 1301 P2 6 23 26 SPC f0 point 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 1300 P2 6 23 27 SPC Kp f0 0 1000 100 1299 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 97 Table 78 Closed Loop motor control parameters G2 6 23 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 6 23 28 SPC Kp FWP 0 1000 100 1298 P2 6 23 29 SPC torque minimum 0 400 0 0 0 1296 P2 6 23 30 SPC torque minimum Kp 0 1000 100 1295 P2 6 23 31 SPC Kp TC torque 0 1000 ms 0 1297 P2 6 23 32 Flux reference 0 0 500 0 100 0 1250 P2 6 23 33 Speed error filter TC 0 1000 ms 0 1311 ROE If sinus filter is used set 0 P2 6 23 34 Modulation limit 0 150 Yo 100 655 this value to 96 6 6 7 2 NXP drives PMS Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 24 Table 79 PMS Motor control parameters NXP drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Inducti
265. t amount and flow Heatsink temperature is over 90 C or of cooling air Frequency con 77 C NX_6 FR6 Check the heatsink for dust Check the ambient temperature 14 verter overtem Make sure that the switching fre quency is not too high in relation to ambient temperature and motor load Motor stalled Motor stall protection has tripped Check motor and load Motor overtem perature 17 Motor underload Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr Motor overheating has been detected by frequency converter motor temperature model Motor is overloaded Motor underload protection has tripped Decrease motor load If no motor overload exists check the temperature model parameters Check load VACON 239 Table 130 Fault codes FAULT TRACING Unbalance between power modules in parallelled units Should the fault re occur contact Thermistor fault is loaded to the drive The thermistor input of option board has detected increase of the motor tempera ture 18 Unbalance Subcode in T 14 Patra ui Cen S1 Current unbalance hd S2 DC voltage unbalance EEPROM check Parameter ENE fault Should the fault re occur contact 22 faulty operation rae sum fault the distributor near to you component failure A leana a Values displayed on counters are incor rect Microprocessor faulty operation ka a a eaten 25 p y OP Should the
266. t current of the drive to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters The thermal current It specifies the load current above which the motor is overloaded This current limit is a function of the output fre quency The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display See the product s user s manual NOTE If you use long motor cables max 100m together with small drives lt 1 5 kW the motor current measured by the drive can be much higher than the actual motor current due to capacitive currents in the motor cable Consider this when setting up the motor thermal protection functions CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill The model starts from zero if the control board is powered off bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com APPENDICES VACON 234 9 4 PARAMETERS OF STALL PROTECTION ID S 709 TO 712 General The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protection The stall state is defined with two parameters ID710 Stall current and ID712 Stall frequency limit If the current is higher than the set limit and the output frequency is lower tha
267. t limit 30 0 200 0 c 130 0 742 7 5 9 AUTORESTART PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 8 Table 105 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P2 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 0 Ramp P2 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 1 Flying start 2 According to P2 4 6 P28 4 Number of tries after 0 10 A 720 undervoltage trip P2 8 5 Number of tries after 0 10 z 721 overvoltage trip P28 4 Number of tries after 0 3 i 722 overcurrent trip P28 7 Number of tries after 0 10 7 723 4mA reference trip Number of tries after P2 8 8 motor temperature 0 10 1 726 fault trip P2 8 9 Number of tries after 0 10 0 795 external fault trip Number of tries after Ree underload fault trip ve 138 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 128 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 7 5 10 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 9 Table 106 Pump and fan control parameters Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 91 Number of auxiliary 0 4 1 1001 drives Start frequency auxil 3 P2 9 2 P2 9 3 320 00 Hz 51 00 002 ary drive 1 p2 9 3 Stop frequency auxil 5544 p292 Hz 10 00 1003 ary drive 1 p2 9 4 Start frequency auxi
268. t low speeds where is it recommended to use the frequency control mode VACON 196 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS SPEED CONTROLLER P GAIN OPEN Loop 6 2 6 13 Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode SPEED CONTROLLER GAIN OPEN Loop 6 2 6 14 Defines the gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode TORQUE CONTROLLER P GAIN 6 2 10 8 Defines the P gain of the torque controller in Open Loop control mode TORQUE CONTROLLER I GAIN 6 2 10 9 Defines the gain of the torque controller in Open Loop control mode TORQUE REFERENCE SELECTION 6 2 10 3 Defines the source for torque reference See Chapter 9 6 0 Not used 1 Analogue input 1 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 3 Analogue input 4 Analogue input 1 joystick Analogue input 2 joystick From keypad parameter R3 5 Oo N o oO A W N Fieldbus torque reference see Chapter 9 6 TORQUE REFERENCE SCALING MAXI MUM VALUE 6 2 10 4 TORQUE REFERENCE SCALING MINIMUM VALUE 6 2 10 5 Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analogue inputs within 300 0 300 0 TORQUE SPEED LIMIT OPEN LOOP 6 2 10 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be select ed 0 Maximum frequency 1 Selected frequency reference 2 Preset speed 7 NXP drives have more selections for this parameter in Closed Loop control mode Se
269. t the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parame ter ID1030 the autochange function can take place e If the number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 1D1030 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parame ter 1D1031 the autochange can take place e If the value of parameter ID1031 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter ID1030 Output frequency Autochange moment Par ID1030 1 Max number of auxiliary drives Par 1ID1031 Autochange level frequency Par ID1029 Par ID1029 Autochange interval Autochange interval Aux drive 1 control Aux drive 2 control 7161 emf Figure 86 Autochange interval and limits 1032 I NTERLOCK SELECTION 7 2 9 23 With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the automatic control frequency converter directly to the mains or place them to off state The interlock feedback functions are connected to the dig ital inputs of the frequency converter Program parameters ID426 to ID430 to con nect the feedback functions to the digital inputs Each drive must be connected to bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web
270. tal output 2 BRAKE ON OFF CURRENT LIMIT 6 2 3 4 16 If motor current falls below this value the brake is closed immediately This parameter is available for NXP drives only SCALING OF GENERATING TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 2 6 6 0 Parameter 1 All 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 FB limit scaling This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating torque between 0 and max limit set with parameter 1D1288 Analogue input level zero means zero generator torque limit This parameter is available for NXP drives only SCALING OF GENERATING POWER LIMIT 6 2 2 6 8 0 Parameter 1 Alt 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 FB limit scaling This signal will adjust the maximum motor generating power between 0 and max limit set with parameter ID1290 This parameter is available for Closed Loop con trol mode only Analogue input level zero means zero generator power limit FOLLOWER STOP FUNCTION 6 2 11 2 Defines how the follower drive stops when selected follower reference is not Mas ter s ramp par 1D1081 selection 18 0 Coasting follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault 1 Ramping follower remains in control even if master has stopped at fault 2 As master follower behaves as master RESET ENCODER COUNTER 6 2 2 7 29 Resets the monitoring values Shaft Angle and Shaft Rounds to zero See Page 76 The parameter is available for NXP drives only bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrw
271. tart Stop buttons _ Start Stop from fieldbus 1 i i Direction from fieldous 1 1 Start forward Start Stop DIN Programmable programmable Start Stop and L DIN Q reverse logic gt T Start reverse programmable g Reverse 3 3 Keypad direction Sg ee Internal fault reset DIN Q Fault reset input gt 1 programmable 7085 emf Internal Start Stop Figure 12 Control signal logic of the Multi purpose Control Application Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 72 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 4 TERMINAL TO FUNCTION TTF PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLE The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multipurpose Control Application as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application and partly in the other applications is different compared to the conventional method used in other Vacon NX applications In the conventional programming method Function to Terminal Programming Method FTT you have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for The applications mentioned above however use the Terminal to Function Programming method TTF in which the programming pro cess is carried out the other way round Functions appear as parameters which the operator de fines a certain input output for See Warning on page 73 6 4 1 DEFINING AN INPUT OUTPUT FOR A CERTAIN FUNCTION ON KEYPAD Connecting
272. temperature 2 ce 51 V1 21 10 Measured temperature 3 ce 52 V1 21 11 Encoder 2 Frequency Hz 53 From OPTA7 board input C 3 V1 21 12 Absolute encoder position 54 From OPTBB board V1 21 13 Absolute encod rotations 55 From OPTBB board V1 21 14 ID Run Status 49 V1 21 15 PolePairNumber 58 Used PPN from motor nom values V1 21 16 Analogue input 1 59 All V1 21 17 Analogue input 2 60 Al2 A02 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 77 Table 51 Monitoring values NXP drives Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 21 21 Analogue output 3 51 A03 V1 21 22 Faal ea Hz 1131 Used for Closed Loop speed tuning V1 21 23 Step Response Hz 1132 Used for Closed Loop speed tuning V1 21 24 Output power kW 1508 Drive output power in kW V1 21 25 PT100 4 temperature co 69 V1 21 26 PT100 5 temperature ce 70 V1 21 27 PT100 6 temperature ce 71 V1 22 5 Last Active Fault 37 V1 22 6 Motor Current to FB A 45 ane indepebaenthgwen with V1 22 7 DIN StatusWord 1 56 See page 79 V1 22 8 DIN StatusWord 2 57 See page 79 V1 22 9 Warning 74 Last active warning code V1 22 10 Fault Word1 1172 See page 79 V1 22 11 Fault Word2 1173 See page 79 V1 22 12 Warning Word1 1174 See page 80 V1 23 1 SystemBus System Status 1601 See page 80 1 23 2 Total current A 83 Total current of the drives in Master
273. ter for every Process Data The monitoring val ues and drive parameters can be selected using the ID number Default selections are as in the ta ble above 9 6 2 CURRENT SCALING IN DIFFERENT SIZE OF UNITS NOTE Monitoring value ID45 usually in Process data OUT3 is given with one decimal only Table 126 Voltage 208 240 Vac NX_2 0001 0011 100 0 01A 208 240 Vac NX_2 0012 0420 10 0 1A 380 500 Vac NX_5 0003 0007 100 0 01A 380 500 Vac NX_5 0009 0300 10 0 1A 380 500 Vac NX_5 0385 1 1A 525 690 Vac NX_6 0004 0013 100 0 01A 525 690 Vac NX_6 0018 10 0 1A 9 6 3 Process DATA IN MASTER gt SLAVE ControlWord Reference and Process Data are used in All in One applications as follows Basic Standard Local Remote Multi Step applications Table 127 E E E SA Reference Speed reference 0 01 ControlWord Start Stop command Fault reset command PD1 PD8 Not used bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com APPENDICES VACON 236 Multipurpose control application NOTE Settings in the table are factory defaults See also parameter group G2 9 Table 128 i r Reference Speed reference 0 01 ControlWord Start Stop command Fault reset command Process Data IN1 Torque reference 0 1 Process Data IN2 Free analogue input 0 01 Process Data IN3 Adjust input 0 01 PD3 PD
274. ter settings will be used of drive Device added Reset Device is ready for use oe same type Opoo b eee cli Old board settings will be used 39 Device removed Option board removed Reset Device no longer available Unknown option board or drive 40 Device unknown Subcode in T 14 Contact the distributor near to you one 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com FAULT TRACING Fault code IGBT temperature Brake resistor overtemperature Table 130 Fault codes Possible cause IGBT Inverter Bridge overtemperature protection has detected too high a short term overload current Brake resistor overtemperature protec tion has detected too heavy braking Problem detected in encoder signals Subcode in T 14 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing VACON 240 Correcting measures Check loading Check motor size Make identification run Set the deceleration time longer Use external brake resistor Check encoder channel connec tions 43 Encoder fault 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing Check the encoder board 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing Check encoder frequency in open 4 Encoder reversed loop 5 Encoder board missing Reset Option board or power unit changed Set the option board parameters Device changed f aves 44 7 New device of different type or different again if option board was changed different type oe
275. the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit and 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of P2 9 28 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start request at control placeA Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 110 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETERS 2 9 27 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF AUXILIARY DRIVES AND 2 9 28 AUTOCHANGE FREQUENCY LIMIT These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e f the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parame ter 2 9 27 the autochange function can take place e If the number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 2 9 27 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter 2 9 28 the autochange can take place e Ifthe value of parameter 2 9 28 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter 2 9 27 7 4 2 INTERLOCK SELECTION P2 9 23 This parameter is used to activate the interlock inputs The interlocking si
276. tings ID ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter number Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 3 4 1 MONITORING VALUES CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See the product s User s Manual for more in formation Table 17 Monitoring values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 dace tubiiad i V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 Calculated shaft torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 a V1 11 Analogue input 1 V mA 13 All V1 12 Analogue input 2 V mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses v1 15 DO1 RO1 R02 17 eee relay output V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 A01 M1 17 Multimonitoring Displays three selectable items monitoring values bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 28
277. tion decreases NOTE If you use long motor cables max 100m together with small drives lt 1 5 kW the motor current measured by the drive can be much higher than the actual motor current due to capacitive currents in the motor cable Consider this when setting up the motor stall protection functions Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 235 APPENDICES 9 6 FIELDBUS CONTROL PARAMETERS ID S 850 TO 859 The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from the fieldbus Modbus Profibus DeviceNet etc With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1 8 you can monitor values from the fieldbus 9 6 1 Process DATA OUT SLAVE gt MASTER The fieldbus master can read the frequency converter s actual values using process data vari ables Basic Standard Local Remote Multi Step PID control and Pump and fan control applica tions use process data as follows Table 125 eae eee ee ee ee ee Process data OUT 1 Output Frequency 0 01 Hz Process data OUT 2 Motor Speed rpm 1 rpm 2 Process data OUT 3 Motor Current A 0 1A 45 Process data OUT 4 Motor Torque 0 1 4 Process data OUT 5 Motor Power 0 1 Process data OUT 6 Motor Voltage V 0 1 V Process data OUT 7 DC link voltage V 1V Process data OUT 8 Active Fault Code 37 The Multipurpose application has a selector parame
278. tion is high e g in conveyors EXAMPLE What changes are required to start with high torque from 0 Hz e First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 2 1 Option 1 Automatic functions Step 1 Make identification run ID631 P2 6 16 Step 2 Activate this parameter by setting value 1 Option 2 Manual tuning Use programmable U f curve by giving the parameter 2 6 3 ID108 value 2 To get torque you need to set the zero point voltage ID606 and midpoint voltage frequency ID604 and ID605 so that the motor takes one third of nominal current at low frequencies Use higher current if more torque is needed Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 134 110 111 112 113 114 117 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS First set par ID108 to Programmable U f curve value 2 Increase zero point volt age to get enough current at zero speed Set then the midpoint voltage 1D605 to 1 4142 1D606 and midpoint frequency ID604 to value 1D606 100 1ID111 NOTE In high torque low speed applications it is likely that the motor will over heat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions special at tention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high NOMINAL VOLTAGE OF THE MOTOR 2 6 2 1 6 Find this value U on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets th
279. tion time brake chopper or brake resistor 2 Overvoltage high overvoltage spikes in supply available as options Subcode in T 14 Activate overvoltage controller S1 Hardware trip Check input voltage S2 Overvoltage control supervision Current measurement has detected that the sum of motor phase current is not zero insulation failure in cables or motor Earth fault Check motor cables and motor The charging switch is open when the START command has been given faulty operation component failure Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact the distributor near to you 5 Charging switch Stop signal has been given from the 6 Emergency stop option board Check emergency stop circuit Cannot be reset from the keypad Switch off power Various causes DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER 7 Saturation trip defective component Contact factory brake resistor short circuit or overload If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1 check motor cables and motor one 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com FAULT TRACING Table 130 Fault codes VACON 238 8 System fault component failure faulty operation Note exceptional fault data record S1 Reserved S2 Reserved S3 Reserved S4 Reserved S5 Reserved S6 Reserved S7 Charging switch S8 No power to
280. tput freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O I motor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor 6 Motor power O P Motor P2352 Analogue output 1 0 15 1 307 7 Motor voltage 0 Un Motor function 8 DC Link volt 0 1000V 9 All 10 Al2 11 Output freq fmin fmax 12 Motor torque 2 2xTNmot 13 Motor power 2 2xTNmot 14 PT100 temperature 15 FB analogue output Pr ocessData4 NXS p2 3 5 3 Analogue output 1 fil 1 ogo 40 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering ter time P2354 Analogue output 1 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 1 0 0mA 0V P2 3 5 5 minimum 0 1 0 310 1 4mA 2V pagiig ANBIJYE QURURAM hi ids 4000 al 400 311 scale p2 3 5 7 Analogue output 1 100 00 100 00 0 00 375 offset 6 6 4 6 Analogue output 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 6 Table 73 Analogue output 2 parameters G2 3 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 3 6 1 Analogue output 2 sig 0 1 E10 0 1 LT TTF programming See nal selection chapter 6 4 p2 3 6 2 Analogue output 2 0 15 4 472 See P2 3 5 2 function p2 3 6 3 Analogue output 2 fil ogo 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering ter time P2 3 6 4 Analogue output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 0 0 mA 0 V P2 3 6 5 a a 0 1 0 475 1 4 mA 2V peace A
281. tr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 223 1092 1093 1209 1210 1213 1218 1239 1240 1241 1244 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr MASTER FOLLOWER MODE 26 2 2 7 31 Select the digital input to activate the second Master Follower mode selected by parameter ID1093 The parameter is available for NXP drives only MASTER FOLLOWER MODE 2 SELECTION 6 2 11 7 Select Master Follower mode 2 that is used when the DI is activated When Follow eris selected the Run Request command is monitored from Master and all other references are selectable by parameters 0 Single Drive 1 Master 2 Follower INPUT SWITCH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 6 2 2 7 32 Select the digital input to acknowledge the status of the input switch The input switch is normally a switch fuse unit or main contactor with which the power is fed to the drive If the input switch acknowledgement is missing the drive trips at nput switch open fault F64 The parameter is available for NXP drives only EXTERNAL BRAKE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 6 2 2 7 24 Connect this input signal to the auxiliary contact of the mechanical brake If the contact is not closed within given time the drive will generate a brake fault F58 The parameter is available for NXP drives only EMERGENCY STOP 6 2 2 7 30 Indication to the drive that the machine has been stopped by the external emergen cy stop circuit Select the digita
282. tr com Email info clrwtr NEGATIVE FREQUENCY LIMIT 6 2 6 19 Minimum frequency limit for the drive The parameter is available for NXP drives only MOTORING TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 6 22 Defines the maximum motoring side torque limit The parameter is available for NXP drives only GENERATOR TORQUE LIMIT 6 2 6 21 Defines the maximum generating side torque limit The parameter is available for NXP drives only MOTORING POWER LIMIT 6 2 6 23 20 Defines the maximum motoring side power limit For Closed Loop control mode only GENERATOR POWER LIMIT 6 2 6 23 19 Defines the maximum generating side power limit For Closed Loop control mode only BRAKE FAULT RESPONSE 6 2 7 28 Defines the action when a brake fault is detected 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting BRAKE FAULT DELAYS 6 2 7 29 The delay before the brake fault F58 is activated Used when there is a mechanical delay in the brake See par ID1210 MASTER FOLLOWER SELECTION 6 2 11 1 Select Master Follower mode When the value Follower is selected the Run Re quest command is monitored from Master All other references are selectable by parameters 0 Single Drive 1 Master 2 Follower SYSTEMBUS FAULT DELAY 6 2 7 31 Defines the delays for the fault generation when heartbeat is missing VACON 226 1355 To 1369 1401 1402 14
283. trol 0 1 1 608 0 Not used ler 1 Used P2 6 12 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 0 No action P2 6 13 Identification 0 1 2 0 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identification with run Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 14 P2 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 2xly A 0 00 612 P2 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 1 1000 30 613 P2 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 3200 0 ms 30 0 614 pagine Or eleranon compen agy aoada lt s 0 00 626 sation P2 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 100 619 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com STANDARD APPLICATION VACON 20 Table 12 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note p2 6 14 7 Magnetizing currentat ooo Sit A 0 00 627 start p2 6 14 8 Magnetizing timeat s0000 ms 0 628 start P2 6 14 9 O speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P2 6 14 10 OQ speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 0 Not used P2 6 14 11 Start up torque o 32000 0 621 P Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 0go 3 0 0 633 300 0 P2 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 0 0 634 P2 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 0 100 0 ms 0 0 618 P2 6 14 17 Current control 0 00 100 00 40 00 S17 P gain Identification parameter group 2 6 15 P2 6 15 1 Speed ste
284. trol place B cc P2 2 6 4 External fault cc 0 1 0 1 405 Ext fault F51 displayed cc P2 2 6 5 External fault oc 0 1 0 2 406 Ext fault F51 displayed oc P2 2 6 6 Run enable 0 1 0 2 407 Motor start enabled cc i A k Acc Dec time 1 oc P2 2 6 7 Acc Dec time selection 0 0 1 408 eee tae kd P2 2 6 8 Control from I O terminal 0 1 0 1 ig fee eats Hale eC ire nal cc P2 2 6 9 Control from keypad 0 1 0 1 410 Force control place to keypad cc P2 2 6 10 Control from fieldbus 0 1 0 1 411 i eniro tpl tO ietate P2 2 6 11 Reverse 0 1 0 1 fig OTT ona Direction reverse cc P2 2 6 12 Jogging speed 0 1 AS Tia Foig eee sace tor ira quency reference cc P2 2 6 13 Fault reset 0 1 0 1 414 All faults reset cc P2 2 6 14 Acc Dec prohibit 0 1 0 1 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc P2 2 6 15 DC braking 0 1 0 1 416 DC braking active cc Motor potentiometer refer j P2 2 6 16 ence DOWN 0 0 1 417 Mot pot reference decreases cc P2 2 6 17 etopo entomete greien 0 1 0 1 418 Mot pot reference increases cc ence UP P2 2 6 18 qutoch ave 0 1 A 2 426 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 19 Aukon 0 1 A 3 427 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 20 auto changen 0 1 0 1 428 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 21 Antonene 0 1 0 1 429 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 22 el Ula 0 1 0 1 430 Activated if cc Interlock Selected with P2 1 11 oc P2 2 6 23 PID reference 2 0 0 1 431 Selected with P2 2 1 4 cc cc clos
285. ts are exceeded If you have a PT100 input board installed in your frequency converter you can choose here the number of PT100 inputs in use See also the Vacon I O boards manual 0 Not used 1 PT100 input 1 2 PT100 inputs 1 and 2 3 PT100 inputs 1 2 and 3 4 PT100 inputs 2 and 3 5 PT100 input 3 NOTE If the selected value is greater than the actual number of used PT100 inputs the display will read 200 C If the input is short circuited the displayed value is 30 C RESPONSE TO PT100 FAULT 567 2 7 25 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting PT100 WARNING LIMIT 567 2 7 26 Set here the limit at which the PT100 warning will be activated PT100 FAULT LIMIT 567 2 7 27 Set here the limit at which the PT100 fault F564 will be activated PT1OO 2 NUMBERS 6 2 7 37 PT100 protection function is used to measure temperature and give warning and or fault when set limits are exceeded Some applications support two PT100 boards of which one can be used to the motor winding and the other for the motor bear ings If you have a second PT100 input board installed in your AC drive you can choose here the number of PT100 inputs in use For more information see par D739 and the I O boards manual VACON 208 745 746 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 850 851 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS PT1OO
286. ue reference 300 0 300 0 0 0 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 106 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 6 6 14 SYSTEM MENU CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as appli cation and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see the product s user s manual 6 6 15 EXPANDER BOARDS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board re lated information For more information see the product s user s manual bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 105 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Software code ASFIFF07 7 141 INTRODUCTION Select the Pump and Fan Control Application in menu M6 on page 56 2 The Pump and Fan Control Application can be used to control one variable speed drive and up to four auxiliary drives The PID controller of the frequency converter controls the speed of the vari able speed drive and gives control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow In addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard a parameter group for multi pump and fan control functions is available The application has two control places on the I O terminal
287. uency might be reduced down to 1 5kHz by thermal management functions This has to be considered when using sine wave filters or other output filters with a low resonance frequency See parameters ID1084 and ID655 602 FIELD WEAKENING POINT 234567 2 6 4 The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the field weakening point voltage ID603 603 VOLTAGE AT FIELD WEAKENING POINT 234567 2 6 5 Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the U f curve parameters See parameters ID109 ID108 ID604 and ID605 When the parameters ID110 and ID111 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the motor are set the parameters ID602 and ID603 are automatically given the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting the parame ters ID110 and ID111 604 U F CURVE MIDDLE POINT FREQUENCY 234567 2 6 6 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 23 and parameter ID605 605 U F CURVE MIDDLE POINT VOLTAGE 234567 2 6 7 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this para meter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See
288. uency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt 62 5 125 7 5 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 esee 125 7 5 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 cccccccseescscseeseecsecsscescsceececsesneatenees 126 7 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 cccccesecseeseeeesseteeeeees 127 7 5 10 Pump and fan control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 cece 128 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com VACON 4 7 5 11 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 cccccccccsceessessecssceeceeceseeceeceecsseseecatens 129 7 5 12 System menu Control keypad MG or cub osccuvciad do ocoamnsneceacauciteeeadlnnstadwcanemcnedadetes 130 7 5 13 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 ccccccccesccescsecesccseeeeccsecseecsecaeeseeasens 130 8 Description Of parameters s ssssnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn nnnnn nnnm na 131 8 1 Speed control parameters application 6 only ccccccccscssscsecsecesseseeeeseseeeeecseessensees 227 8 2 Keypad control parameters ccccccccccececenenececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecesaeeeeeeeceneeeeeescseieeeeeeesseneeees 229 9 Appendices ss ctiissiniaewsasivirceeils es sidansavedicamnda nectun dus m Paaa aaa paaa eaaa Ena aaia adanan a Eae 230 9 1 External brake control with additional limits ID s 315 316 346 to 349 352 353 230 9 2 Closed loop parameters I
289. uency range 1 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 509 0 Not used P2 5 2 Prohibit frequency range 1 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 Not used P2 5 3 Prohibit frequency range 2 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 511 0 Not used P2 5 4 Prohibit frequency range 2 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 Not used P2 5 5 Prohibit frequency range 3 low limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 513 0 Not used P2 5 6 Prohibit frequency range 3 high limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 Not used P2 5 7 Prohibit acc dec ramp 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 518 7 5 7 MOTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 6 Table 103 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control P26 1 Motor control mode 0 1 0 600 1 Speed control A 0 Not used P2 6 2 Wf optimisation a l o 193 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear DPZ u f ratio selection 0 3 0 Ue am alae 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P264 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 P265 Voltage at fieldweaken foon 260 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot ing point P26 6 Dire xe midpoint 0 00 P2 4 4 Hz 50 00 604 frequency U f curve midpoint voltage 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 27 X Unmot Ee P g i Parameter max value P2 6 5 P2 68 Output voltage at zero fre 0 00 40 00 Varies 606 n xX Unmot quency P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See
290. ult active Autoreset function Trials 2 7150 emf Figure 75 Example of Automatic restarts with two restarts Parameters ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by parameter ID718 The time count starts from the first autoreset If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the val ues of parameters ID720 to ID725 the fault state becomes active Otherwise the fault is cleared after the trial time has elapsed and the next fault start the trial time count again If a single fault remains during the trial time a fault state is true 719 AUTOMATIC RESTART START FUNCTION 234567 2 8 3 The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter The pa rameter defines the start mode 0 Start with ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start according to ID505 720 AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER UNDERVOLTAGE FAULT TRIP 234567 2 8 4 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after and undervoltage trip 0 No automatic restart gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the nor mal level bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 205 721 722 723 725 726 72
291. urrent control 0 00 100 00 617 P gain Identification parameter group 2 6 15 P2 6 15 1 Speed step 50 0 50 0 0 0 0 0 1252 NCDrive speed tuning Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 51 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 4 8 PROTECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 7 Table 35 Protections G2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous Freq pee reference fault 9 2 09 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting paga narerrencetaut ii eara He 0 00 728 frequency BAT E a 0 3 2 701 9 Noresponise external fault 1 Warning Input phase 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 P2 7 4 supervision 0 3 0 730 135 Fault stop by coasting Response to under 0 Fault stored in history Pade voltage fault o l a 121 1 Fault not stored Paa Oppa 0 3 2 702 SUPErVISION 0 No response Earth fault 1 Warning ped protection 9 2 703 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 F 3 Fault stop by coastin p27 Thermal protection 0 3 2 704 p by y of the motor p2 7 9 Motorambient _iggg 1000 0 0 705 temperature factor Motor cooling fac P2 7 10 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 tor at zero speed p2 7 11 Motor thermal time 4 200 min Varies 707 constant P2 7 12 Motor duty
292. us DIN 3 0 1 0 1 457 See fieldbus manual P2 3 3 27 Fieldbus DIN 4 0 1 0 1 169 See fieldbus manual P2 3 3 28 Fieldbus DIN 5 0 1 0 1 170 See fieldbus manual P2 3 3 29 DC ready pulse 0 1 0 1 1218 For external DC charger P2 3 3 30 Safe Disable Active 0 1 0 1 756 Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 91 6 6 4 4 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 Table 71 Limit settings G2 3 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Not used P2 3 4 1 Output frequency limit 1 0 3 0 315 1 Low limit supervision supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control p2 3 4 2 Output frequency limit 1 o 0 320 00 Hz 0 00 316 Supervised value 0 Not used ee 1 Low limit supervision P2 3 4 3 oe ee 2 0 4 0 346 2 High limit supervision eae 3 Brake off control 4 Brake on off control po age Output frequency limit 2 9 qo 320 00 Hz 0 00 347 Supervised value 0 Not used P2 3 4 5 Torque limit supervision 0 3 0 348 1 Low limit S pervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control P2 3 4 6 Torque limit supervision 300 0 300 0 100 0 349 For brake co
293. utomatic restart after External fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after External fault trip AUTOMATIC RESTART NUMBER OF TRIES AFTER MOTOR TEMPERATURE FAULT TRIP 234567 2 8 8 This parameter determines how many automatics restarts can be made during the trial time set by D718 0 No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level RESPONSE TO UNDERVOLTAGE FAULT 234567 2 7 5 0 Fault stored in fault history 1 Fault not stored in fault history For the undervoltage limits see the product s user s manual VACON 206 728 730 731 732 733 734 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 4MA FAULT FREQUENCY REFERENCE 234567 2 7 2 If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4mA fault occurs then the fre quency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter INPUT PHASE SUPERVISION 234567 2 7 4 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to D506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the frequency con verter have an approximately equal current AUTOMATIC RESTART 1 2 20 The Automatic restart is taken into use with this parameter 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The function resets the following faults max three times see the product s user s manual e Overcurrent F1
294. utput 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Analogue output signal TTF programming E233 selection a Eo Al MaA See Chapter 6 4 0 Not used 20 mA 10 V 1 Output freq 0 f max 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 lhnMotor 5 Motor torque 0 T motor P2 3 3 2 Analogue output function 0 14 1 307 6 Motor power 0 Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature P2 3 3 3 Analogue output filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering P2 3 3 4 Analogue output inversion 0 1 0 309 C Nonny vied 1 Inverted An 0 0 mA 0 V P2 3 3 5 Analogue output minimum 0 1 0 310 1 4mA 2V P2 3 3 6 Analogue output scale 10 1000 100 311 375 P2 3 3 7 Analogue output offset 100 00 100 00 0 00 7 5 4 4 Analogue output 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 Table 99 Output signals Analogue output 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Analogue output 2 sig TTF programming PASI nal selection D e on ae See Chapter 6 4 p2 3 4 2 Analogue output 2 0 14 0 472 See P2 3 3 2 function p2 3 4 3 Analogue output 2 fil dog 10 00 s 1 00 473 0
295. utput Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A i 7 GND 1 0 ground Ground for reference and controls i a 2 Shee ee 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward I ae 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse Pa 10 DIN3 External fault input Programma Contact open no fault cn aaa ble P2 17 Contact closed fault i 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 I e 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls ae a eg ee 14 DIN4 Preset speed select 1 DIN4 DINS Frequency ref i 15 DIN5 Preset speed select 2 Open Open 1 0 ref P2 14 7 ZZ Pe CESEN Closed Open Preset speed1 Open Closed Preset speed 2 i i Closed Closed Max frequency o Pa AOS St 16 DIN Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset l 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 418 AO1 Analogue output 1 Range 0 20 mA R max 500Q I 19 A01 Output frequency READY Programmable P2 16 bawi batts oe 2 20 DO1 Digital output 1 Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC I i i READY I I OPTA2 l I 21 RO1 Relay output 1 l I RUN eae 2 Oh A RUN tos X 423 ROI 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 __ J FAULT 26 RO2 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr Note See jumper selections below More information in the product s User s
296. warning will be activated Set here the limit at which the P2 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 cS 130 0 742 PT100 board fault F65 will be activated NXP drives only 1 Warning P2 7 28 Brake fault action 1 3 1 1316 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 29 Brake fault delay 0 00 320 00 s 0 20 1317 0 No response 1 Warning P2 7 30 System bus fault 3 3 3 1082 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P2 7 31 System bus fault delay 0 00 320 00 s 3 00 1352 P2 7 32 Cooling fault delay 0 00 7 00 s 2 00 751 0 No response P2 7 33 Speed error mode 0 2 0 752 1 Warning 2 Fault stop by coasting Speed error maximum P2 7 34 0 100 5 753 difference P2 7 35 Speed error fault delay 0 00 10 00 S 0 50 754 P2 7 36 Safe disable mode 1 2 1 755 1 Warning stop by coast ing 2 Fault stop by coasting Second PT100 board 0 Not used ID Write value of maximum temperature can be written from fieldbus P2 7 37 PT100 2 numbers 0 5 X 743 1 PT100 input 1 2 PT100 input 1 amp 2 3 PT100 input1 amp 2 amp 3 4 PT100 input 2 amp 3 5 PT100 input 3 P2 7 38 PT100 2 warning limit 30 0 200 0 s 745 See par ID741 P2 7 39 PT100 2 fault limit 30 0 200 0 ce 746 See par ID742 bone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 101 6 6 9
297. www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com PID CONTROL APPLICATION VACON 64 5 4 7 MOTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 6 Table 45 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control P2 6 1 Motor control mode 0 1 3 0 goo Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 0 Not used P2 6 2 U f optimisation 0 1 0 109 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear 1 Squared P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 0 3 0 108 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P2 6 4 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 p2 6 5 Voltage at field weak 1000 200 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot ening point p2 6 UA curvemidpoint goq poss Hz 50 00 604 frequency n x Unmot p2 6 7 Wf curvemidpoint aog 100 00 100 00 605 Parameter max value voltage P2 6 5 page fomputvslsgeatzera sono eang ae Waris 606 n x Unmot frequency P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See 8 14 for exact value Overvoltage control Oe Not used P2 6 10 g 0 2 1 607 1 Used no ramping ler 2 Used ramping P2611 Undervoltage control 0 1 1 608 0 Not used ler 1 Used P2 6 12 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 0 No action P2 6 13 Identification 0 1 2 0 631 1 Identification w o run 2 Identificatio
298. www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr com DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS VACON 219 1033 1034 1035 1036 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr its own interlock input The Pump and fan control controls only those motors whose interlock input is active 0 Interlock feedback not used The frequency converter receives no interlock feedback from the drives 1 Update of autochange order in Stop The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives In case one of the drives is for some reason disconnected from the system and eventually re connected it will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the sys tem However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Update of order immediately The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives At re con nection of a drive to the autochange line the automatics will stop all motors imme diately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 ACTUAL VALUE SPECIAL DISPLAY MINIMUM 57 2 2 46 2 9 29 ACTUAL VALUE SPECIAL DISPLAY MAXIMUM 57 2 2 47 2 9 30 ACTUAL VALUE SPECIAL DISPLAY DECIMALS
299. z 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P2 52 Prohibit frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 0 Prohibit range 1 is off range 1 high limit paga Prohibitirequency igg 320 00 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit p2 5 4 Prohibit frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 0 Prohibit range 2 is off range 2 high limit pas Prohibitirequency go9 320 00 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency sis P2 5 6 rae 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 Prohibit range 3 is off range 3 high limit pasg Pobi are det 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 518 ramp 4 4 7 MOTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS CONTROL KEYPAD MENU M2 gt G2 6 Table 34 Motor control parameters G2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control R2 Motor control mode 0 1 3 0 600 Additionally for NXP 2 Not used 3 Closed loop speed ctrl oS 0 Not used 2 6 2 Upepumisation 9 9 107 1 Automatic torque boost 0 Linear PRA U f ratio selection 0 3 0 108 15 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P26 4 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 602 pg 009 at field weak 1000 200 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot ening point P2 6 6 U f curve midpoint fre 9 99 paea Hz 50 00 604 quency Banas n X Unmot P267 mae eet 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 Parameter max value voltage P2 6 5 My Outputvoltage at zero ooo 40 00 Varies 606 n x Unmot frequency P2 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 m Tate 2 en ex
300. z Error value setpoint process value 10 sMax freq 50 Hz As the error value increases also the PID output increases according to the set values D time 1 00s SSS PID output Error value a a D part 10 5 00 Hz F p a tk A T k S K ia 1 h D part 10 5 00 Hz KY P lt A h A N o oS a Z gy MSO De 62 NOE gt o b 7 sh P part 100 PID error 5 00Hz s Q URO d hio D yy a 1 00s t 7101 emf Figure 26 PID output with the values of Example 3 Phone 800 894 0412 Fax 888 723 4773 Web www clrwtr com Email info clrwtr VACON 140 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS 133 PRESET SPEED 8 4 2 1 22 134 PRESET SPEED 9 4 2 1 23 135 PRESET SPEED 10 4 2 1 24 136 PRESET SPEED 11 4 2 1 25 137 PRESET SPEED 12 4 2 1 26 138 PRESET SPEED 13 4 2 1 27 139 PRESET SPEED 14 4 2 1 28 140 PRESET SPEED 15 4 2 1 29 To use these preset speeds in the Multi Step Speed Application ASFIFFO4 pa rameter ID301 must be given the value 13 In Multi Step Speed Application Appli cation 4 digital inputs DIN4 DIN5 and DIN are assigned to Preset Speed functions The combinations of these activated inputs select the preset speed ref erence Table 112 Multi step speed selections with digital inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 sel 3 DIN6 sel 4 DIN3 P2 1 22 8 0 0 0 1 P2 1 2

Vacon NX AC Drives “All in One” Application Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Vacon NX AC Drives &ldquo;All in One&rdquo; Application Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Vacon NX AC Drives “All in One” Application Manual